Sie sind auf Seite 1von 163

CHRONO ALARM

PERPETUAL CALENDAR
6U50

Instruction book pag. 1 Mode demploi pag. 33


Gebrauchsanleitung pag. 65 Manuale di funzionamento pag. 97
Manual de instrucciones pag. 129

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Thank you very much for purchasing a BREIL WATCH.To ensure its correct use,
please read these instructions carefully.
In order to be able to make full use of the guarantee service (subject to the
guarantee terms), please ensure that the Breil international guarantee card is
supplied with the watch at the time of purchase.

Nous vous remercions de la prfrence que vous nous avez accorde en achetant
une montre BREIL. En vue d'une utilisation correcte de celle-ci, lire attentivement
les instructions contenues dans ce livret.
Lors de l'achat, contrlez que la montre soit accompagne de la garantie qui devra
tre prsente pour obtenir les prestations qui y sont dcrites.
Wir danken Ihnen fr das Vertrauen, da Sie uns mit dem Kauf einer BREIL
QUARTZ-Uhr erwiesen haben. Damit Sie Ihre Uhr immer einwandfrei gebrauchen
knnen, mchten wir Sie bitten, die in dieser Gebrauchsanleitung enthaltenen
Anweisungen gewissenhaft zu lesen.
Beim Kauf sollten Sie kontrollieren, ob Ihnen zusammen mit der Uhr auch die
Garantiekarte ausgehndigt wurde, denn diese Karte mssen Sie vorlegen, um die
darin genannten Leistungen in Anspruch nehmen zu knnen.

Vi ringraziamo per la preferenza accordataci con lacquisto di un orologio BREIL.


Per un corretto uso dello stesso, Vi preghiamo leggere attentamente le istruzioni
contenute in questo libretto.
Al momento dellacquisto controllate che insieme allorologio Vi venga fornita
anche la garanzia, da presentare per ottenere le prestazioni in essa descritte.
Le agradecemos su preferencia por un reloj BREIL. Para poder utilizar
correctamente el reloj, le rogamos leer atentamente las instrucciones contenidas
en este folleto.
Al comprarlo, controle que junto al reloj le sea entregada la garanta que debe ser
presentada para obtener los servicios que en la misma se describen.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

When reading this instruction booklet, keep the watch diagram on the
left unfolded and in full view. The symbols (A, B, etc.) on the diagram
are those referred to in the section describing the operating instructions.

Pendant la lecture de ce mode d'emploi, gardez le schma d'illustration


de la montre ci-contre ouvert et bien en vue. Les symboles (A, B, etc.)
utiliss dans les diffrents chapitres du mode d'emploi correspondent
ceux indiqus sur ce schma.
Zur Lektre dieser Gebrauchsanleitung sollten Sie die nebenstehend
gezeigte bersichtsdarstellung der Uhr ausklappen und im Blick
behalten. Die in den einzelnen Abschnitten der Gebrauchsanleitung
verwendeten Zeichen (A, B, usw.) entsprechen den Kennzeichnungen
in dieser bersicht.

Durante la lettura di questo manuale di istruzioni, tenere lo schema


illustrativo dellorologio a sinistra aperto e in vista. I simboli (A, B, ecc.)
usati nelle sezioni delle istruzioni sul funzionamento corrispondono a
quelli indicati in questo schema.
Mientras lee este manual de instrucciones, mantenga el esquema
ilustrativo del reloj aqu presentado al lado izquierdo, abierto y bien
visible. Los smbolos (A, B, etc.) utilizados en las secciones de
instrucciones sobre el funcionamiento, corresponden a los que se
utilizan en este esquema.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

B1 B2

29 31 1
28
12

lll

l ll

18 2
16 l l l l l l l l l 0

l
ll

CHR

LEN DER

43217

65

CA

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

ll

llll llll l
l

JUN

13
18
6
12 5 llllllllllllllll lllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
l
l
ll l l l
l
l
ll l
llll l
l lllll ll
ll
lll
ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

14 15 16 17

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

12 1
10 l l l l l l l l l 4
ll
l

9 1
0

25

l
15

35

10

45

55

TU
A

-P E R PE

DEC

l l l l l l l l ll l
l
ll l

25

AP H

lllll llll l
l

GR

20

ll

15

35

+1

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

( ).

+2

45

TE
DA

+3

MEM

24
22 l l l l l l l l l 2
l ll
ll l
55
10

TIM
ER

CH 5
R
NO
O

l
l
11
4 2 lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll 4
l
l
l
l
l
lll l l
llll
l
llll l
l lllll ll
lllll l
l

ll

lll
ll

l ll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
l
ll lllll ll
l ll
lll l
l
ll l

2
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

GB
CONTENTS
A MAIN COMPONENTS

B BEFORE USING THE WATCH

C USING THE WATCH

D MAIN FUNCTION MODES

E SETTING THE TIME

F SETTING THE DATE

G USING THE TIMER

11

H USING THE CHRONOGRAPH

17

I OPERATING THE WATCH

24

K LEAP YEAR SETTINGS

25

L PRECAUTIONS AND USEFUL INFORMATION

26

M TECHNICAL DATA

30

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

A MAIN COMPONENTS
1 Hour hand
2 Minute hand
3 - Month hand
- Timer minute hand
- Chronograph minute hand
4 - Date hand
- Timer second hand
- Chronograph second hand
5 - Year hand
- (leap year identifier)
- Timer hour hand
- Chronograph hour hand

6 - Mode hand
- Day hand
- Chronograph 1/10 sec
A Button
B Button
24-hour hand
Second hand
C Button
D Crown
Stop 1: date setting
Stop 2: time setting (initial setting)

IMPORTANT
It is possible to change to the date setting mode from any of the other modes by
unscrewing and pulling the crown out to the first stop position. Pulling the crown out to
the second stop will change the watch to the time setting mode. (Push the crown in to
return to the date mode).

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

B BEFORE USING THE WATCH


Before using the watch, refer to the diagrams below for the initial hand positions in
order to ensure that the watch is functioning properly.
A. INITIAL CHECK
1. Date mode confirmation

2. Initial check

Mode hand

LEN DER

3
l

CHR

43217

CA

65

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

LEN DER

lll

43217

CA

lllll l

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

ll

65

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll
lll
ll

CHR

20

ll lllll ll

25

llll llll l
l

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

15
35

ll

ll

45

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

TU
A

lll

l ll

10

lllll l

lll l llll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

ll

AP H

ll

9 1
0

GR

lll
ll

llll llll l
l

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

+1

20

( ).

+2

25

+3

MEMO

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

l
15
35

ER

TE
DA

45

TIM

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

TU
A

CH 5
R

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

lll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

A
4

AP H

ll

GR

ll

NO
O

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

TIM

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R

NO
O

ll

lll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
lll l

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
lll l

Function mode
change

Check to see that the mode hand is


pointing to the date mode. If it is not,
press and release button until it does.

Press and hold down button for


more than 1 second to return the date
hands to the initial settings. The initial
check is complete if the watch hands
are positioned as shown above.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

The date hands for the year, month, date and day should move to the 12 o'clock
position in the initial check. If the watch hands fail to arrive at this position, refer to the
initial setting procedures.
Cancelling initial check operations
Press one of the , or buttons to return to the date settings prior to the check.
If no buttons are pressed for 10 seconds, the watch will automatically return to the
previous settings.

B. INITIAL SETTING PROCEDURES


1. Resetting the watch

LEN DER

lll
ll

3
l

CHR

43217

65

CA

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

LEN DER

43217

CA

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

CHR

20

ll

LEN DER

1
3

65

lllll l

lll

43217

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

ll lllll ll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

llll llll l
l

CHR
ON

ll

CA

lll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

65

lllll l

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

ll

lll
ll

20

ll lllll ll

25

llll llll l
l

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

15
35

ll

ll

45

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

TU
A

lll

l ll

10

lllll l

lll l llll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

ll

AP H

ll

9 1
0

GR

lll
ll

llll llll l
l

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

20

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

+1

lll

( ).

+2

25

+3

MEMO

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

15
35

ER

TE
DA

45

TIM

TU
A

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

CH 5
R

NO

AP H

ll

ll

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Pull the crown out to the second stop.


1) Press buttons , and
simultaneously.
2) The reset operations are complete
when the year, month, day and date
hands begin moving about

GR

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

+1

25

( ).

+2

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

l
15
35

+3

MEMO

TE
DA

45

ER

lll

TU
A

TIM

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll

A
4

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

CH 5
R

NO

AP H

ll

GR

ll

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

TIM

NO

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R
O

ll

lll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll

A
4

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll

2. Initial setting

Pull the crown out to the second stop.


Pressing and holding down any of the
buttons will advance the date hands
rapidly.
1) Press button and position the date
hand at 12.

2 seconds after releasing buttons


, and . This completes the
reset procedures. A confirmation
beep is heard on completion of the
reset operation.

2) Press button and position the month


and year hands at 12.
3) Press button and position the day hand
at 12 (position 0.0).
4) Press the crown in fully to complete the
initial setting.The day hand (mode hand)
points to Sunday.
See page 8 for further details of the
functions of each hand on the watch.

IMPORTANT
The initial setting must be carried out after each battery replacement in order to ensure
correct operation. If the setting operation is not fully completed, the date, timer and
chronograph functions will not function properly.
If the initial setting is not completed as shown on page 4, a warning signal is
activated; the date hand begins moving anti-clockwise, indicating that the initial
setting have still to be completed.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

C USING THE WATCH


During normal daily use, ensure the crown is always pushed in. Excessive power loss
from the battery will occur when the watch is used with the crown pulled out to the first
or second stop. Even when the watch is not in use, ensure the crown is always pushed
in to its normal position.
The watch does not require any adjustments to the calendar features at the end of the
month or for a leap year.

D MAIN FUNCTION MODES


This watch is a chronograph possessing the following
functions: Date, Timer I , Timer II, with chronograph
with split time memory.
Press button to select the watch function to use.

Mode display

20

18

lll lll
l l l ll l l

LEN DER

ll

CHR

43217

65

CA

LEN DER

llll llll l
l

CA

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

25

ll

65

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

16

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

lll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lllll l

lll
ll

ll

15
35

25

9 1
0

45

35

10

TU
A

55

l ll

lll l llll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

15

AP H

ll

l ll

10

45

GR

llll llll

6
4 lllll llll 8
l
l

24

ll

55

+1

MEMO

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

+2

20

( ).

ll

TE
DA

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

22

ER

+3

l
l
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

TIM

ll

lll

CH 5
R

NO
O

Mode change C

ll

lll
ll

l ll

O
MEM

l ll

ER

TIM

12 1
10 l l l l l l l l l 4

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

ll

NO
O

43217

CH 5
R

Crown in the normal position


Each time button is pressed and released, the mode will change and will be
confirmed by a beep.

ll

lll

18

lll lll
l l l ll l l

20

ll

16
l

CHR

l
lll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

20

18

lll lll
l l l ll l l

LEN DER

ll

16
CHR
ON

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

43217

CA

65

lll
ll

ll

16

lll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

18

lll lll
l l l ll l l

20

CA

lllll l

LEN DER

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

65

CA

20
18

lll lll
l l l ll l l

ll

16

lllll l

lll

15

ll

CHR

l ll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

ll

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

2
9 8 l l l l l l l l l 10 6
l l lll
l
l
l
l
l
l lll
l ll

15

12 1
10 l l l l l l l l l 4

TU
A

45

25

ll

l ll

CHR
ON

20

ll lllll ll

ll llll llll llll


lll llll ll
l
llll l
4 3 2lll1ll7l
llll
6 5 LENDER l llll
A
llll
l

llll llll l
l

l ll

10

Chronograph mode

9 1
0

lll l llll

35

45

DEC

ll

55

l ll

10

25

ll

35

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
llll llll l
l

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

ll

25

ll

ll

llll llll l
l

20

lll

ll

12 1
10 l l l l l l l l l 4

43217

LEN DER

43217

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

20

ll lllll ll

65

llll llll l
l

2 23 24
21 2
2

ll

lllll l

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
35

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

ll

5
9
26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
l
l
l
l
lll
l
ll
lll l
l
l
ll
ll

l ll

12 1
10 l l l l l l l l l 4

15

9 1
0

20

25

35

TU
A

10

45

15

55

l ll

lll l llll

6
4 lllll llll 8
l
l

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

l ll

10

45

GR

llll llll

55

6
4 llll llll 8
l
l

-P E R PE
AP H

24

ll

+1

MEMO

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

( ).

+2

ll

TE
DA

+3

5
3
l l l
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

22

ER

AP H

ll

llll llll

l ll

TIM

CH 5
R

NO
O

Timer I mode

GR

ll

lll

24

ll

55

+1

ll

lll
ll

( ).

+2

MEMO

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

+3

l
l
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

22

ER

TE
DA

25

TIM

l
15
35

l ll

25

ll

lll

CH 5
R

NO
O

TU
A

9 1
0

10

45

35

55

l ll

lll l llll

15

45

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

l ll

10

AP H

ll

llll llll

6
4 lllll llll 8
l
l

GR

24

ll

55

ll

lll
ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

lll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
25

35

ll

lllll l

15

ll

45

25

Date
mode

35

l ll

10

TU
A

55

l ll

lll l llll

9 1
0

ll

ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

12 1
10 l l l l l l l l l 4

AP H

GR

15

l ll

10

6
4 llll llll 8

+1

+2

+1

MEMO

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

( ).

+2

ll

TE
DA

+3

l
l
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

MEMO

llll llll

ll

( ).

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

+3

24

ll

55

ll

ll

45

l ll

22

ER

CH 5
R

NO
O

TIM

22

ER

TE
DA

ll

lll

TIM

ll

lll
ll

l ll

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

NO
O

29 31 1
28
12

CH 5
R

5
3
l l l
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
l ll
ll l
l
ll
l
l lll
ll

ll

lll
ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

Timer II mode
Timers I and II, the chronograph measurements and the stopwatch
features are cancelled each time the mode is changed.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

E SETTING THE TIME


Hour
hand

Minute
hand

20

ll

l ll

12 1
10 l l l l l l l l l 4

9 1
0

ll

lllll l

lll

lll
ll

15

25

lllll llll l
l

35

45

16

l ll

10

18

llll llll

ll

lll lll
l l l ll l l

24

ll

55

ll

ll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

22

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

l
l
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

20

ll

l ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

Second
hand

24-hour
hand

Pull the crown out to the second position to stop the


second hand at 12.
Rotate the crown to set the time.
The 24-hour display is synchronised with the hour
hand. Use the 24-hour time display as a reference
to confirm a.m. and p.m. settings.
Push the crown all the way in to the normal position
at the stroke of a time signal.

NOTE
1) The time is set independent of the date function. Even if the hour hand moves to the
next day while the time is being set, the date will remain the same.
2) To set the correct time, move the minute hand 4-5 minutes past the desired time,
and then return it to the desired time.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

F SETTING THE DATE


1) Pull out the crown to the first position

LEN DER

43217

CA

65

TU
A

45

15

l ll

10

lll

CHR
ON

lll l llll

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

lllll l

AP H

ll

9 1
0

GR

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

lll
ll

+1

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

( ).

+2

MEMO

TE
DA

+3

ER

ll lllll ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

TIM

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

NO

20

l ll

CH 5
R
O

llll llll l
l

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
25

Date hand

35

ll

Year hand

ll

ll

Day hand

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll llll
llll l
l
lll l

Month hand

2) Setting the year/month


26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

CHR

TU
A

45

15

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

l ll

10

lll

lll l llll

lllll l

lll
ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

ll

AP H

ll

ll lllll ll

25

ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
35

9 1
0

GR

llll llll l
l

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

20

First year

+1

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

( ).

+2

Second
year

+3

+1

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

+2

TE
DA

( ).

ll

lll

+3

ll

lll
ll

lll

Year
hand

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

Leap
year

Third
year

Month hand
<Leap year identifier>
The year hand points to the leap year or the number of years that have passed
since the last leap year. The hand moves clockwise and makes one revolution
every 4 years.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Example
When the year hand is inside the second year section, as shown in the figure on the
previous page, it indicates that the current year is the second year after the leap year.
This function calculates the number of years separating the current year from the last
leap year. See the leap year reference (page 25).
Press button to advance the month hand one month at a time. Press and hold down
button to rapidly advance the month hand. The year hand is synchronised with the
month hand.
3) Setting the date
Pull the crown out one stop.
ll

ll

lll

5
6

7
8

9 1
0

ll

ll l
ll

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

Press button to advance the date hand one day at a


time. Press and hold down button to rapidly advance
the date hand.

lll

lll
ll

20

A
4

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

lllll l

l ll

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

4) Setting the day


Pull the crown out one stop.

ll l

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

lllll l

lll
ll

9 1
0

ll

MEMO

ll lllll ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

20

ER

TIM

CH 5
R

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

ll

l ll

NO
O

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll llll
llll l
l
lll l

Day
hand

10

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Each time button is pressed, the day hand will


move anti-clockwise to the next day. When the day
hand indicates 6 (Saturday) and button is
pressed, the hand returns rapidly in a clockwise
direction to 7 (Sunday).

5) Push the crown all the way in to its normal position.The date will not function
properly if the crown is left pulled out to the first stop.
Do not set the date between 11 p.m. and 1 a.m. Date settings during this period may
not be correct. The date features of the watch do not require any manual adjustment
at the end of the month or during a leap year:
Example
Month adjustments: Nov. 30-Dec 1 advances automatically
Year adjustments: Feb. 29-March 1 (leap year) advances automatically
Feb. 28-March 1 (normal year) advances automatically

G USING THE TIMER


The two timer modes (I and II) can be used independently of each other. The mode
hand is used to switch between the two timer modes.
A. Using Timer I
The timer can be set up to a maximum of 60 minutes.
A particular setting will remain in the timer until a new setting is made.

11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

1) Setting Timer I

Timer second hand


26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

CHR
ON

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

lll

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

TU
A

15

lllll l

l ll

10

45

ll lllll ll

ll

llll llll l
l

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
25

35

9 1
0

lll l llll

lll
ll

-P E R P E

DEC

ll

55

ll

APH

ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

GR

20

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

MEMO

TE
DA

( ).

+2

+3

TIM
E

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

A Start/Stop

l ll

CH 5
R

Function mode change C

ll

lll

NO
O

Timer hour hand

ll

lll
ll

Mode hand

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

B Set/Fly back /Reset

Timer minute hand

Press button to move the mode hand to the Timer I mode. When the timer mode
has been selected, the timer second hand will advance rapidly to the 12 o'clock
position. The timer minute and hour hands will advance rapidly to the position
selected the last time the timer was set.
The position of the timer minute hand is the same when it indicates 0 minutes or
60 minutes.
Which one of the two can be determined by checking the position of the timer hour
hand.
When the timer hour hand is at 0, the timer minute hand indicates 0 minutes.
When the timer hour hand is at 1, the timer minute hand indicates 60 minutes.

12

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

2) Setting the timer

15

CHR

45

ll l

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

TU
A

lllll l

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

lll
ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

ll

APH

ll

GR

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

ll lllll ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

+3

20

ll

l ll

Timer minute hand

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

25

ll

lll l llll

l ll

10

llll llll l
l

15

45

ll

25

+3

( ).

+2

+1

35

Timer hour hand

TU
A

55

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

DEC

ll

TE
DA

CHR

-P E R PE

PH
RA

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

ll

35

Press button to advance the timer minute hand one


minute at a time. When the timer exceeds 60 minutes, the
minute hand advances in an anti-clockwise direction. (0-60
minute return movement). This same movement occurs
with the hour hand between 0-1 hours.

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll llll
llll l
l
lll l

lll lll
l l l ll l l

JUN
55

10

TU
A

-P E R PE

DEC

l l l l l l l l ll l
l
ll l

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

CHR

AP H

15
25

ll

35

+3

( ).

+2

+1

45

TE
DA

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

GR

lll lll
l l l ll l l

JUN

3) Timer Start/Stop
ll

lll

ll l

CHR

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

TU
A

15

lllll l

l ll

10

45

ll lllll ll

ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
25

35

9 1
0

lll l llll

ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

lll
l llll

APH

ll

20

GR

llll llll l
l

l llll llll llll llll llll lll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

l ll

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

+3

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

26
8ll lll l l l l l l l l ll ll1lll l0ll
l ll
ll l
l
ll
lll l
l
l lll
ll

ll

lll
ll

A
4

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

Press button to start the timer after it has been set. A


beep will be heard. When the timer has been started, the
timer minute advances anti-clockwise for one minute, and
the timer second hand advances clockwise each second.
The timer minute hand advances anti-clockwise at one
minute intervals each time the timer second hand reaches
0 seconds.

13

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

4) Timer stop
The timer stop confirmation signal sounds for 10 seconds at the end of the timing
session. At the end of the confirmation signal, the timer hands rapidly advance to the
timer default settings.
Once set, the timer settings will not change until they are manually reset, even if a
different mode is used.
Fly back function
The fly back feature is used to reset the timer at anytime after the timer has been
started.

ll

lll

CHR

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

15

45

lll

l
lll

TU
A

lllll l

l ll

10

ll lllll ll

ll

llll llll l
l

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
25

35

9 1
0

lll l llll

ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

APH

ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

GR

20

l ll

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

+3

5
3
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
l ll
ll l
l
ll
l
l lll
ll

ll

lll
ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

If button is pressed anytime during a timing operation,


a confirmation beep will sound and the timer will restart
from the initial settings. The timer restarts the moment
button is pressed. The watch automatically adjusts for
the time it takes for the timer hands to return to the start
of the timing operation.
Timer reset
Press button when the timer is in the stop position to
reset the timer.

IMPORTANT
Changing modes when Timer I is active will cancel the timing session. The timer settings
remain unchanged.

14

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

B. Using Timer II
The timer can be set in minutes up to a maximum of 60 minutes.
Timer II automatically changes to chronograph mode when the timer II time is up.
A warning beep will be heard before the set time is up followed by another beep
when the time is up.
1) Setting Timer II

Chronograph second hand


26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

CHR

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

15

45

lll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

TU
A

lllll l

l ll

10

ll lllll ll

ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
25

35

9 1
0

lll l llll

lll
ll

-P E R P E

DEC

ll

55

ll

APH

ll

llll llll l
l

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

GR

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

20

TIM

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

A Start/Stop button

l ll

NO

Mode change C

ll

lll

CH 5
R

Timer hour hand

ll

lll
ll

Mode hand

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

B Set/Fly back/Reset button

Timer minute hand


Press button to move the mode hand to Timer II.
The positions of the timer hands are:
Timer second hand: the second rapidly advances to 12 and stops.
Timer minute and hour hands: these two hands rapidly advance to the same position
as when the timer was last set.

15

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

2) Timer Set/Start/Stop
Timer I and Timer II functions are the same. Refer to the specifications for further
details of Timer I operations.
3) Time up and Auto chronograph features (Timer II only)
At the end of a timing session, an end-of-session confirmation beep sounds for 2
seconds, the watch switches to the chronograph mode and measurement begins.
(Auto chronograph function).
A time up warning beep sounds once at the following intervals: before the set time is
up 5, 3, 1 minutes and every 10 seconds from 50 to 10, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1.

Start

Chronograph start

See the chronograph


section for details of the
chronograph features.

Time up beep (2 seconds)


Time up

IMPORTANT
Changing modes when Timer II is active will cancel the timing session.
The timer settings remain unchanged.

16

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

H USING THE CHRONOGRAPH


The chronograph can measure up to 4 hours in 1/10th of a second intervals. The
chronograph display automatically returns to 00 and continues to record the session
when the 4-hour limit is exceeded. The 1/10 second hand displays until the first full
minute is recorded. The display then stops at the 00 seconds position. Tenths of a
second measurement stops immediately when button is pressed and is displayed on
the watch.
1) Setting the chronograph mode
Chronograph second hand

TU
A

45

15

CHR

l ll

10

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lll l llll

lll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

-P E R P E

DEC

ll

55

lllll l

APH

ll

ll lllll ll

ll

llll llll l
l

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
25

35

9 1
0

GR

ll

MEMO

lll
ll

+1

( ).

+2

+3

20

ER

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

TIM

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

l ll

A Start/Stop button

CH 5
R

TE
DA

ll

Chronograph
hour hand

NO
O

Mode hand/chronograph
1/10 sec hand

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll llll
llll l
ll ll l

B Split timer/Reset button

Timer minute hand


Press button to move the mode hand to the chronograph mode.
The chronograph 1/10 second hand, the chronograph second hand, minute hand and
hour hand stop at the 12 o'clock position when the chronograph mode is entered
(reset position).

17

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

2) General usage procedures


Stop

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll
lll
ll

CHR

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

20

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

ll lllll ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

CHR

llll llll l
l

ll

lllll l

lll

ll

CHR

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

lllll l

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

ll

lll
ll

20

ll lllll ll

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

1535.4
Press button again to
stop the movement.

25

llll llll l
l

15
35

ll

45

ll

TU
A

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

l ll

10

lll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

lll l llll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

lll
ll

-P E R P E

DEC

ll

55

lllll l

AP H

ll

9 1
0

GR

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

20

llll llll l
l

+1

25

( ).

+2

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

15
35

+3

TE
DA

45

TU
A

MEMO

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

ER

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

APH

ll

l ll

GR

CH 5
R

TIM

ll

NO
O

+1

Press button to start


measurement. All
chronograph hands begin
to move.

( ).

+2

25

+3

MEMO

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

l
15
35

ER

TE
DA

45

TU
A

TIM

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

CH 5
R

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

APH

ll

l ll

GR

ll

NO
O

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

TIM
ER

NO
O

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

A
4

ll

l ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

A
4

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

Reset

ll

Start

Press button to
reset the chronograph
hands of the watch.

3) Elapsed time measurement


Start

Stop

1
3

CHR
ON

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

LEN DER

CA

lll

lllll l

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

ll

CHR
ON

20

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

ll lllll ll

3217
54

2
9 8 lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1ll 0 6
l lllll llll
llll l
lll l
l lll
l ll

25

llll llll l
l

ll

35

ll

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

15

45

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lll l
l ll
l

TU
A

lll

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

llll llll l
l

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

lllll l

APH

ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

GR

20

25

+1

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

l
15
35

( ).

+2

MEMO

TE
DA

45

+3

TU
A

ER

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

TIM

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

APH

ll

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

GR

CH 5
R

NO
O

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

ll

l ll

TIM

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

l ll

CH 5
R

A
4

ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll llll
llll l
l
lll l

A
4

NO
O

Press button to repeat


the chronograph start and
stop cycle.

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l l
ll lllll llll
ll ll
l ll
lll l

ll

29 31 1
28
12

1535.4

18

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Stop

CHR

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lll
ll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

CHR

20

ll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

lllll l

lll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

ll lllll ll

1
llll llll l
l

CHR

ll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lll

lll
ll

lllll l

20

ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

ll lllll ll

ll

15
35

25

llll llll l
l

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

45

ll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
l ll
ll l
l
ll
l
l lll
ll

TU
A

l
lll

l ll

10

llll llll l
l

lll l llll

lll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

lllll l

APH

ll

9 1
0

GR

+1

20

( ).

+2

25

+3

MEMO

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

15
35

ER

TE
DA

45

TIM

5
3
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

TU
A

CH 5
R

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

l ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

AP H

ll

GR

ll

NO
O

25

+1

l
15
35

( ).

+2

MEMO

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

45

+3

TU
A

ER

TE
DA

l ll

10

TIM

lll l llll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

CH 5
R

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

AP H

ll

9 1
0

GR

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

+3

MEMO

ER

l ll

TIM

ll

NO
O

NO
O

5
3
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll

A
4

ll

l ll

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l
l
l
l
llll
l
llll l
lll
l
l
l
l
l
ll

A
4

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l
l
l
l
llll
l
llll l
lll
l
l
l
l
l
ll

Reset

29 31 1
28
12

ll

29 31 1
28
12

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

Restart

19

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

4) Split time measurements

Start

Split time

1
3

CHR

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

ll l

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

lllll l

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l
lll
ll

ll

CHR

20

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

ll lllll ll

25

llll llll l
l

ll

15
35

ll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

45

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

TU
A

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

lll
ll

l ll

10

lll

lll l llll

llll llll l
l

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

lllll l

APH

ll

9 1
0

GR

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

20

+1

25

( ).

+2

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

l
15
35

+3

MEMO

TE
DA

45

TU
A

TIM
E

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

APH

ll

GR

CH 5
R

NO
O

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

TIM

ll

l ll

NO
O

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R

ll

l ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll llll
llll l
l
lll l

A
4

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l l
ll lllll llll
ll ll
l ll
lll l

ll

29 31 1
28
12

1535.4
Press button
split time measurement

The split time displays for 10 seconds. Measurement continues during this time. After
10 seconds, the chronograph hands rapidly advance to the current time and the
current measurement continues to display in real time.

20

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Stop

CHR

lll
ll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

CHR
ON

20

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

ll lllll ll

ll

lllll l

lll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

llll llll l
l

CHR

ll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

lll

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lllll l

lll
ll

ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

20

ll lllll ll

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

15
35

25

llll llll l
l

ll

TU
A

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

45

ll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

l ll

10

lll
ll

lll l llll

lll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

lllll l

APH

ll

9 1
0

GR

20

llll llll l
l

+1

( ).

+2

25

+3

MEMO

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

15
35

ER

TE
DA

45

TU
A

TIM

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

CH 5
R

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

l ll

APH

ll

GR

ll

NO
O

+1

25

( ).

+2

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

l
15
35

+3

MEMO

TE
DA

45

TU
A

TIM
E

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

APH

ll

GR

CH 5
R

NO
O

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

TIM

ll

l ll

NO
O

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
ll
lll l

A
4

ll

l ll

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l
l
l
l
llll
l
llll l
l
l
l
l
ll
lll l

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l
l
l
l
llll
l
llll l
l
l
l
l
ll
lll l

Reset

29 31 1
28
12

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

29 31 1
28
12

ll

Split time release/Running


display (after 10 seconds)

to switch between
and release.

Up to 5 split time measurements can be recorded and later called up and displayed
from memory. (Split time memory call).
Any split times exceeding the initial 5 will also be displayed on the watch but they
cannot be recorded in memory.

21

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Split time memory recall

NO
O

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

CHR

lll
ll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

lllll l

lll

ll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

CHR

20

ll lllll ll

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

15
35

25

llll llll l
l

ll

45

ll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

TU
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

l ll

10

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

lll
ll

lll l llll

9 1
0

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

lll

APH

ll

20

GR

llll llll l
l

+1

25

( ).

+2

MEMO

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

l
15
35

TE
DA

45

TIM
E

+3

TU
A

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

CH 5
R

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

l ll

APH

ll

GR

ll

NO
O

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

TIM

NO
O

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

ll

l ll

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l
l
l
l
llll
l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

lllll l

CH 5
R

29 31 1
28
12

ll

Reset

Split time
memory recall
number

Memory No. 1535

Press button
time data (maximum
Split time data is recalled from the watch memory after resetting the chronograph.
Press button once to recall the date memory number.
Press button again to recall the data. Press button B twice to display the next data
from memory, up to a maximum of 5 split time entries.
Press button after the last data entry and the watch will return to the reset mode.
(For example, if there are only 2 entries, the second entry is the last entry). Even if
button is not pressed, the watch automatically returns to the reset mode after 10
seconds.

22

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

1
3

CHR

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

ll l

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

l
lll

lllll l

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

ll

CHR

20

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

ll lllll ll

ll

25

llll llll l
l

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

15
35

ll

lll
ll

45

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

TU
A

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

20

l ll

10

lll

lll l llll

llll llll l
l

-P E R P E

DEC

ll

55

lllll l

APH

ll

ll

GR

9 1
0

+1

25

( ).

+2

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

l
15
35

+3

MEMO

TE
DA

45

TU
A

TIM
E

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

AP H

ll

GR

CH 5
R

NO
O

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

ll

5
3
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

TIM

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

NO
O

l ll

CH 5
R

l ll

ll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
l ll
ll l
l
ll
l
l lll
ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

Reset
4

Split time
memory

1535.4

to recall the split


of 5 entries) from memory.
Data recorded in memory remains in the memory until chronograph measurements
are started again. Switching to a different mode does not delete data from memory.
IMPORTANT
Switching modes during chronograph measurements will cancel the measurement
but will not affect split time data recorded in memory.

23

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

OPERATING THE WATCH


Button

First stop
Second
stop

Mode Change

Crown

Normal
position

Button

Button

Crown
rotation

Data

Initial
monitoring

.................................

.....................

Timer I

Start/Stop

Timer II

Start/Stop

Chronograph

Start/Stop

Button

Day
setting

Date
setting

Timer I
Set/Fly back/
Reset
Timer II
Set/Fly back/
Reset
Reset/
Split time/
Split time recall
Year/Month
settings

......................... ...................... ...................................

.....................
.....................
.....................
.....................
Time
settings

Press button for more than one second, with the crown in the normal position and
the date displayed, to enter the initial check mode.

24

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

K LEAP-YEAR SETTINGS
L.Y.
1
2
3

1988
1989
1990
1991

L.Y.
1
2
3

1992
1993
1994
1995

L.Y.
1
2
3

1996
1997
1998
1999

L.Y.
1
2
3

2000
2001
2002
2003

L.Y.
1
2
3

2004
2005
2006
2007

L.Y.
1
2
3

2008
2009
2010
2011

How to read the chart


Leap years are shown by L.Y., and the numbers indicate the number of years that have
passed since the last leap year.
Example
The year 1992 will be a leap year, and 1993 will be the first year after the leap year.

25

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

L PRECAUTIONS AND USEFUL INFORMATION


Use in

Degree of water
resistance

Indication
Dial

Case

Spray, sweat,
light rain,
washing, etc.

Swimming,
etc.

NO

NO

WATER RESISTANT

YES

NO

WATER RESISTANT
50M (5bar)

WATER RESISTANT

YES

YES

WATER RESISTANT
100M (10bar)

WATER RESISTANT

YES

YES

WATER RESISTANT
200M (20bar) or more

WATER RESISTANT

YES

YES

The words WATER RESISTANT may sometimes be abbreviated to WATER RESIST.

In order to prevent water coming into contact with the internal mechanism, never pull
the crown out when the watch is wet.
If any watches designed for sportswear or use in water come into contact with salt
water or heavy sweating, they should be rinsed in fresh water and dried thoroughly.
Contact with water may cause a deterioration in the quality of some leather straps.

26

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

water
Skin-diving

Scuba diving

Water-resistance
characteristics

NO

NO

Not water resistant. Must be kept away from water and moisture

NO

NO

Average water resistance. Can withstand spray, sweat,


light rain, washing, etc. during daily use

NO

NO

Can be worn while swimming but not diving

YES

NO

Suitable for skin-diving

YES

YES

*Always keep the crown in its normal position.

Suitable for scuba diving

*Fully tighten crown screw lock.

As the internal parts of the watch can retain moisture, when the outside temperature
is lower than the inside, the watch glass may mist-up. This phenomenon is purely
temporary and should not create any problems. However, if it persists for any length
of time, the watch should be checked by the shop where it was purchased or by the
nearest Authorised Service Centre.

27

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Temperature
Do not leave the watch exposed to direct sunlight or temperature extremes for long
periods of time.
Long exposure, in fact, may adversely affect the operation of the watch and actually
shorten battery life, causing it to gain or lose time and affect its other functions.
Impact
This watch can withstand normal everyday impacts and shocks and those normally
imparted by non-contact sports such as golf and baseball. Serious damage, however,
may result if the watch is dropped or subjected to severe shock.
Magnetic fields
This watch is antimagnetic up to 60 gauss, and is therefore not affected by magnetic
fields produced by normal domestic appliances. If used near strong magnetic fields, its
operation may be temporarily affected.
Static electricity
The integrated circuits present inside the watch are sensitive to static electricity. If the
watch is exposed to intense electrical fields, the time display may temporarily lose
some of its accuracy.
Chemicals and gases
Avoid wearing the watch in the presence of strong gases or chemical substances.
Parts of the watch may discolour, dissolve or even break if brought into contact with
benzol or petroleum based products such as solvents, thinners, detergents,
adhesives etc.

28

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Pay special attention to avoiding contact with chemicals.


The watch case and strap may discolour if they come into contact with mercury from a
broken thermometer or other equipment.
Keeping the watch clean
Use an absorbent soft cloth to clean off any dirt or damp from the watch glass. Wearing
the watch when the strap or back of the case is dirty can cause skin irritation. Keeping
the watch clean also keeps shirt cuffs clean.
Cleaning the watch strap.
Metal bands: Use a toothbrush and soapy warm water to wash the dirt off.
Plastic or rubber straps: Wash with water. Do not use solvents.
Leather straps: Gently rub the face of the strap using a soft dry cloth. Clean the
opposite side with a cloth and alcohol.
Periodic inspection
In order to guarantee long trouble-free operation, it is advisable to have the watch
checked by an authorised assistance centre once every 12 months or two years.
Keep batteries out of the reach of children
If a battery is accidentally swallowed, consult a doctor immediately.

29

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

M TECHNICAL DATA
1. Type: Multihand analog quartz watch
2. Accuracy: 20 seconds per month at normal temperatures ( 5C to 35C/41F to 95F)
3. Quartz oscillation frequency: 32.768 hertz
4. Effective temperature range: -10C to 60C (14F to 140F)
5. Driver: 2-step motor
6. Additional features
Hand display date
Year (leap year identifier), month, date, day display (quick-advance feature not
effective for day display)
Leap year/end-of-month automatic adjustment
Timer I with fly back function
Minutes/Seconds (maximum setting: 60 minutes at 1 minute intervals)
Timer II with fly back function
Minutes/Seconds (maximum setting: 60 minutes at 1 minute intervals)
Auto chronograph function (chronograph measurement begins automatically at the
end of a timing session)
Time up warning sounds prior to the end of a timing session
Chronograph
Hour/minute/second/1/10th second hands
(Maximum time display: 4 hours. Timer repeats from 00 unless stopped)
Split time measurement
Split time memory storage (maximum number of entries: 5)
Split time data memory recall

30

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Other features
Initial settings incomplete warning indication
Second hand stopping device
7. Battery:
Code number: SR927W
Quantity: 1
Battery life: approximately 2 years*
8. Chronograph: 1 hr/day
9. Timer I: 30 min/day
10. Timer II: 15 min/day (timer: 7.5 min; chronograph: 7.5 min)
11. Integrated circuits
2 C/MOS-LSIs
1 CPU
1 driver
NOTE
Battery life is greatly dependent on the use of the timer warning and time up sound
features in this watch. The more these features are used the shorter the life of the
battery.
In order to improve the product, the technical specifications may be modified without
prior notice.

31

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

32

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

INDEX

A COMPOSANTS PRINCIPAUX

34

B AVANT D'UTILISER LA MONTRE

35

C UTILISATION DE LA MONTRE

38

D MODES DES FONCTIONS PRINCIPALES

38

E REGLAGE DE L'HEURE

40

F COMMENT REGLER LA DATE

41

G UTILISATION DU COMPTEUR DE MINUTES

43

H UTILISATION DU CHRONOGRAPHE

49

I FONCTIONNEMENT DE LA MONTRE

56

K REGLAGE ANNEE BISSEXTILE

57

L PRECAUTIONS POUR L'UTILISATION ET INFORMATIONS UTILES

58

M INFORMATIONS TECHNIQUES

62

33

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

A COMPOSANTS PRINCIPAUX
1 Aiguille des heures
2 Aiguille des minutes
3 Aiguille du mois
- Aiguille des minutes du compteur de minutes
- Aiguille des minutes du chronographe

6 - Aiguille du mode
- Aiguille du jour
- Chronographe 1/10 de seconde
A Bouton
B Bouton
Aiguille des 24 heures
Aiguille des secondes

4 - Aiguille de la date
- Aiguille des secondes du compteur de minutes
C Bouton
- Aiguille des secondes du chronographe
5 - Aiguille de l'anne
(identification des annes bissextiles)
- Aiguille des heures du compteur de minutes
- Aiguille des heures du chronographe

D Couronne
1er cran: rglage du calendrier
2e cran: rglage de l'anne
(rglage initial)

IMPORTANT
Quel que soit le mode en cours, il est possible de passer au mode de rglage du
calendrier en dvissant la couronne et en tirant sur la couronne jusqu'au premier cran.
En tirant sur la couronne jusqu'au deuxime cran, on passe au mode de rglage de
l'heure. (Appuyer sur la couronne pour la mettre en position normale afin de revenir au
mode calendrier).

34

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

B AVANT D'UTILISER LA MONTRE


Faire rfrence au schma explicatif pour la position initiale des aiguilles, de faon
assurer leur fonctionnement correct.
A. CONTROLE INITIAL
1. Confirmation du mode calendrier

LEN DER

43217

1
3
l

CHR

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lll

CA

LEN DER

1
3

lllll l

43217

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

ll

CA

65

65

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll
lll
ll

ll lllll ll

CHR

20

15
35

25

llll llll l
l

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

45

ll

ll

TU
A

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

l ll

10

lll

lll l llll

lllll l

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

ll

AP H

ll

9 1
0

GR

lll
ll

llll llll l
l

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

20

S'assurer que l'aiguille du mode est


bien sur le mode calendrier. Dans le
cas contraire, appuyer sur le bouton
et le relcher jusqu' ce que l'aiguille
soit en position correcte.

+1

Commutation
du mode de
fonctionnement

( ).

+2

25

+3

MEMO

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

l
15
35

ER

TE
DA

45

TIM

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

TU
A

CH 5
R

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

lll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

A
4

AP H

ll

GR

ll

NO
O

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

TIM

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R

NO
O

ll

lll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
lll l

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
lll l

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

Aiguille
du mode

2. Contrle initial

Appuyer sans relcher sur le bouton


pendant plus d'une seconde pour
ramener les aiguilles du calendrier en
position normale. L'opration de
contrle initial est acheve lorsque les
aiguilles de la montre sont dans la
position illustre ci-dessus.

35

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Les aiguilles du calendrier pour l'anne, le mois, la date et le jour devraient se mettre sur
le 12 pendant l'opration de contrle initial. Si les aiguilles de la montre ne se mettent
pas dans la bonne position, faire rfrence aux procdures de rglage initial.
Effacement des oprations de contrle initial
Appuyer sur un des boutons et pour revenir aux rglages du calendrier avant le
contrle. Si vous n'avez appuy sur aucun des boutons pendant plus de 10 secondes, la
montre reviendra automatiquement aux rglages prcdents.

B. PROCEDURES DE REGLAGE INITIAL


1. Initialisation de la montre

LEN DER

lll
ll

3
l

CHR

43217

65

CA

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

LEN DER

43217

CA

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

CHR

20

ll

LEN DER

1
3

65

lllll l

lll

43217

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

ll lllll ll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

llll llll l
l

CHR
ON

ll

CA

lll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

65

lllll l

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

ll

lll
ll

20

ll lllll ll

25

llll llll l
l

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

15
35

ll

ll

45

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

TU
A

lll

l ll

10

lllll l

lll l llll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

ll

AP H

ll

9 1
0

GR

lll
ll

llll llll l
l

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

20

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

+1

lll

( ).

+2

25

+3

MEMO

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

15
35

ER

TE
DA

45

TIM

TU
A

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

CH 5
R

NO

AP H

ll

ll

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

36

Tirer sur la couronne


jusqu'au deuxime cran.
1) Appuyer en mme temps sur les
boutons , et .
2) L'opration d'initialisation de la
montre est termine lorsque

GR

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

+1

25

( ).

+2

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

l
15
35

+3

MEMO

TE
DA

45

ER

lll

TU
A

TIM

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll

A
4

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

CH 5
R

NO

AP H

ll

GR

ll

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

TIM

NO

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R
O

ll

lll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll

A
4

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll

2. Oprations de rglage initial

Tirer sur la couronne jusqu'au deuxime cran.


En appuyant sans relcher sur un des
boutons, l'aiguille du calendrier
avancera rapidement.
1) Appuyer sur le bouton et mettre
l'aiguille de la date sur le 12.

l'aiguille de l'anne, du mois, du


jour et de la date commence se
dplacer environ 2 secondes aprs
que vous ayez relch les boutons
, et .
L'opration d'initialisation sera ainsi
acheve et cette condition sera
confirme par un signal acoustique.

2) Appuyer sur le bouton et mettre l'aiguille


du mois et de l'anne sur le 12.
3) Appuyer sur le bouton et mettre l'aiguille
du jour sur le 12 (position 0.0).
4) Repousser la couronne pour complter
l'opration de rglage initial. L'aiguille du
jour (aiguille du mode) est sur Sunday
(Dimanche).
Voir page 40 pour plus d'informations sur
les fonctions de chacune des aiguilles de
la montre.

IMPORTANT
Pour garantir un fonctionnement correct, le rglage initial doit tre complt aprs le
remplacement de la pile. Si le rglage n'est pas termin, le calendrier, le compteur de
minutes et le chronographe ne fonctionneront pas correctement.
Si le rglage initial n'est pas termin comme indiqu la page 36, un signal d'alarme
se dclenche : l'aiguille de la date commencera reculer pour indiquer que
l'opration de rglage initial doit tre acheve.

37

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

C UTILISATION DE LA MONTRE
Pendant l'utilisation quotidienne de la montre, s'assurer que la couronne est toujours
en position normale. Si la couronne de la montre reste tire jusqu'au premier ou au
deuxime cran, une perte excessive d'nergie de la pile se produira. Toujours
s'assurer que la couronne est en position normale, mme lorsque la montre n'est pas
utilise.
Le calendrier de la montre ne ncessite aucun rglage en fin de mois ou au terme
d'une anne bissextile.

D MODES DES FONCTIONS PRINCIPALES


Cette montre est un chronographe qui dispose des fonctions suivantes:
Calendrier, Compteur de minutes I, Compteur de minutes II,
Affichage
avec chronographe disposant d'une mmoire pour
du mode
les temps partiels. Appuyer sur le bouton
29 31 1 2
pour slectionner la fonction de la montre
28
12
3
7
2 11 l l l l l l l l 1
ll
ll
l
que l'on dsire utiliser.
l
l
3

20

LEN DER

18

ll

16
CHR

43217

CA

65

ll lllll ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

lll lll
l l l ll l l

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

llll llll l
l

25

ll

35

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

65

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lll

lll
ll

lllll l

15

ll

20

l ll

45

35

25

9 1
0

10

TU
A

55

l ll

lll l llll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

15

AP H

ll

l ll

10

45

GR

llll llll

24

ll

55

6
4 lllll llll 8
l
l

ll

+1

MEMO

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

+2

( ).

lll

22

ER

+3

ll l

CH 5
R

l
l
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

TIM

l llll IIII llll llll llll ll


ll lll
l ll

TE
DA

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

ll
llll l
llll

38

llll

NO
O

Commutation du
mode de fonctionnement C

lll
ll

l ll

O
MEM

ER

ll

TIM

12 1
10 l l l l l l l l l 4

CA

LEN DER

NO
O

43217

CH 5
R

Couronne en position normale


Pour changer de mode, appuyer et relcher le bouton . Cette condition est indique
par un signal acoustique.

ll

lll

18

lll lll
l l l ll l l

20

ll

16
l

CHR

l
lll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

20

18

lll lll
l l l ll l l

LEN DER

ll

16
CHR
ON

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

43217

CA

65

lll
ll

ll

16

lll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

18

lll lll
l l l ll l l

20

CA

lllll l

LEN DER

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

65

CA

20
18

lll lll
l l l ll l l

ll

16

lllll l

lll

15

ll

CHR

l ll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

ll

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

2
9 8 l l l l l l l l l 10 6
l l lll
l
l
l
l
l
l lll
l ll

15

12 1
10 l l l l l l l l l 4

TU
A

45

25

ll

l ll

CHR
ON

20

ll lllll ll

ll llll llll llll


lll llll ll
l
llll l
4 3 2lll1ll7l
llll
6 5 LENDER l llll
A
llll
l

llll llll l
l

l ll

10

Mode chronographe

9 1
0

lll l llll

35

45

DEC

ll

55

l ll

10

25

ll

35

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
llll llll l
l

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

ll

25

ll

ll

llll llll l
l

20

lll

ll

12 1
10 l l l l l l l l l 4

43217

LEN DER

43217

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

20

ll lllll ll

65

llll llll l
l

2 23 24
21 2
2

ll

lllll l

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
35

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

ll

5
9
26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
l
l
l
l
lll
l
ll
lll l
l
l
ll
ll

l ll

12 1
10 l l l l l l l l l 4

15

9 1
0

20

25

TU
A

35

10

45

15

55

l ll

lll l llll

6
4 lllll llll 8
l
l

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

l ll

10

45

GR

llll llll

55

6
4 llll llll 8
l
l

-P E R PE
AP H

24

ll

+1

MEMO

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

( ).

+2

ll

TE
DA

+3

5
3
l l l
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

22

ER

AP H

ll

llll llll

l ll

TIM

CH 5
R

NO
O

Mode Compteur de minutes I

GR

ll

lll

24

ll

55

+1

ll

lll
ll

( ).

+2

MEMO

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

+3

l
l
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

22

ER

TE
DA

25

TIM

l
15
35

l ll

25

ll

lll

CH 5
R

NO
O

TU
A

9 1
0

10

45

35

55

l ll

lll l llll

15

45

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

l ll

10

AP H

ll

llll llll

6
4 lllll llll 8
l
l

GR

24

ll

55

ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

lll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
25

35

ll

lllll l

15

ll

45

25

Mode calendrier

35

l ll

10

TU
A

55

l ll

lll l llll

9 1
0

ll

ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

12 1
10 l l l l l l l l l 4

AP H

GR

15

6
4 llll llll 8

+1

+2

l ll

10

lll
ll

+1

MEMO

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

( ).

+2

ll

TE
DA

+3

l
l
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

MEMO

llll llll

ll

( ).

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

+3

24

ll

55

ll

ll

45

l ll

22

ER

CH 5
R

NO
O

TIM

22

ER

TE
DA

ll

lll

TIM

ll

lll
ll

l ll

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

NO
O

29 31 1
28
12

CH 5
R

5
3
l l l
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
l ll
ll l
l
ll
l
l lll
ll

ll

lll
ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

Mode Compteur de minutes II


Les temporisateurs I et II, les mesures du chronographe et les caractristiques du
chronomtre sont effaces chaque changement de mode.

39

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

E REGLAGE DE L'HEURE
Aiguille
des heures

Aiguille
des minutes

20

ll

9 1
0

l ll

12 1
10 l l l l l l l l l 4

ll

lllll l

lll

lll
ll

15

25

lllll llll l
l

35

45

16

l ll

10

18

llll llll

ll

lll lll
l l l ll l l

24

ll

55

ll

ll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

22

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

l
l
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

20

ll

l ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

Aiguille
des secondes

Aiguille des
24 heures

Tirer sur la couronne jusqu'au deuxime cran pour


arrter l'aiguille des secondes sur le 12.
Tourner la couronne pour rgler l'heure.
L'afficheur des 24 heures est synchronis avec
l'aiguille des 24 heures. Utiliser l'afficheur des 24
heures comme rfrence pour confirmer le rglage
de l'heure matin et aprs-midi.
Remettre la couronne en position normale
l'heure exacte.

REMARQUE
1) L'heure est rgle indpendamment de la fonction calendrier. Si, pendant la phase de
rglage, l'aiguille des heures passe au jour suivant, le calendrier restera inaltr.
2) Pour rgler l'heure exacte, dplacer l'aiguille des minutes pour la mettre 4-5 minutes
aprs l'heure dsire et la remettre sur l'heure dsire.

40

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

F COMMENT REGLER LA DATE


1) Tirer sur la couronne jusqu'au premier cran.

LEN DER

43217

CA

65

TU
A

45

15

l ll

10

lll

CHR
ON

lll l llll

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

lllll l

AP H

ll

9 1
0

GR

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

lll
ll

+1

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

( ).

+2

MEMO

TE
DA

+3

ER

ll lllll ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

TIM

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

20

l ll

NO

25

ll

llll llll l
l

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
35

Aiguille de la date

CH 5
R
O

Aiguille de l'anne

ll

ll

Aiguille des jours

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll llll
llll l
l
lll l

Aiguille des mois

2) Rglage de l'anne/mois
26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

TU
A

45

15

CHR

l ll

10

lll

lll l llll

lllll l

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

ll

AP H

ll

9 1
0

GR

lll
ll

ll lllll ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

20

25

ll

llll llll l
l

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
35

Premire
anne

+1

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

( ).

+2

Deuxime
anne

+3

+1

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

+2

ll

lll

TE
DA

( ).

ll

lll
ll

+3

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l
lll

Aiguille de
l'anne

Anne
bissextile

Troisime
anne

Aiguille des mois


<Identification de l'anne bissextile>
L'aiguille de l'anne est sur l'anne bissextile ou sur le nombre d'annes qui se sont
coules depuis la dernire anne bissextile. L'aiguille avance et accomplit un tour
tous les 4 ans.

41

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Exemple
Lorsque l'aiguille de l'anne se trouve dans la section de la deuxime anne, comme
illustr la figure de la page prcdente, elle indique que l'anne en cours est la deuxime
anne aprs la dernire anne bissextile. Cette fonction calcule le nombre d'annes qui
sparent l'anne en cours de la dernire anne bissextile.Voir la rfrence sur les annes
bissextiles (page 57). Appuyer sur le bouton pour faire avancer l'aiguille du mois d'un
mois la fois. Appuyer sans relcher sur le bouton pour faire avancer rapidement
l'aiguille du mois. L'aiguille de l'anne est synchronise avec celle du mois.
3) Rglage de la date
Tirer sur la couronne jusqu'au premier cran.
ll

ll

lll

5
6

7
8

9 1
0

ll

ll l
ll

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

Appuyer sur le bouton pour faire avancer l'aiguille


de la date d'un jour la fois. Appuyer et ne pas
relcher le bouton pour faire avancer rapidement
l'aiguille de la date.

lll

lll
ll

20

A
4

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

lllll l

l ll

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

4) Rglage du jour
Tirer sur la couronne jusqu'au premier cran.

ll l

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

lllll l

lll
ll

9 1
0

ll

MEMO

ll lllll ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

20

ER

TIM

CH 5
R

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

ll

l ll

NO
O

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll llll
llll l
l
lll l

Aiguille
des jours

42

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Chaque fois que l'on appuie sur le bouton ,


l'aiguille des jours recule sur le jour suivant. Quand
l'aiguille des jours indique 6 (Samedi) et que l'on
appuie sur le bouton , l'aiguille avance rapidement
sur le 7 (Dimanche).

5) Remettre la couronne en position normale. Le calendrier ne fonctionnera pas


correctement si la couronne reste tire sur le premier cran.
Ne pas rgler le calendrier entre 11h et 13 h. Pendant cette priode, le rglage du
calendrier peut s'avrer inexact. Les caractristiques du calendrier de la montre ne
ncessitent aucun genre de correction manuelle la fin du mois et pendant une
anne bissextile.
Exemple
Rglage du mois: 30 nov. - 1er dc. : il avance automatiquement
Rglage de l'anne: 29 fv. - 1er mars (anne bissextile): il avance automatiquement
28 fv. - 1er mars (anne ordinaire): il avance automatiquement

G UTILISATION DU COMPTEUR DE MINUTES


Les deux modes compteur de minutes (I et II) peuvent tre utiliss indpendamment l'un
de l'autre. L'aiguille de mode est utilise pour passer d'un compteur de minutes l'autre.
A. Utilisation du Compteur de minutes I
Le compteur de minutes peut tre rgl jusqu' un maximum de 60 minutes.
Le rglage du compteur de minutes reste valable jusqu' ce que l'on procde au
rglage suivant.

43

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

1) Rglage du Compteur de minutes 1


Aiguille des secondes du compteur de minutes

1
3

CHR
ON

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

45

15

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

TU
A

lll

l ll

10

lllll l

lll l llll

lll
ll

-P E R P E

DEC

ll

55

ll

APH

ll

ll lllll ll

ll

llll llll l
l

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
25

35

9 1
0

GR

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

20

+1

( ).

+2

MEMO

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+3

TE
DA

TIM
E

A Mise en marche / Arrt

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

Commutation du mode de
fonctionnement de mode

CH 5
R

NO
O

Aiguille des heures


du compteur de minutes

ll

l ll

Aiguille mode

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll

B Rglage / Remise zro /


Initialisation

Aiguille des minutes du compteur de minutes


Appuyer sur le bouton pour mettre l'aiguille sur le mode Compteur de minutes I.
Quand le mode compteur de minutes a t slectionn, l'aiguille des secondes du
compteur de minutes avancera rapidement pour se mettre sur la position slectionne
lors du dernier rglage effectu.
La position de l'aiguille des minutes est la mme pour indiquer aussi bien 0 que 60
minutes.
Pour savoir laquelle des deux valeurs prendre en considration, vrifier la position de
l'aiguille des heures du compteur de minutes.
Quand l'aiguille des heures du compteur de minutes est sur 0, l'aiguille des minutes du
compteur de minutes indique 0 minutes.
Quand l'aiguille des heures du compteur de minutes indique 1, l'aiguille des minutes du
compteur de minutes indique 60 minutes.

44

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

2) Rglage du compteur de minutes

15

CHR

45

ll l

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

TU
A

lllll l

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

lll
ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

ll

APH

ll

GR

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

ll lllll ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

+3

20

ll

l ll

Aiguille des minutes du compteur de minutes Aiguille des heures du compteur de minutes

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

25

GR

ll

lll l llll

l ll

10

TU
A

55

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

TE
DA

llll llll l
l

CHR

AP H

15

45

25

ll

35

+3

( ).

+2

+1

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

ll

35

Appuyer sur le bouton pour faire avancer l'aiguille du


compteur de minutes d'une minute la fois. Quand le
compteur de minutes dpasse les 60 minutes, l'aiguille recule
(mouvement de retour 0-60 minutes). Ce mme mouvement
se produit lorsque l'aiguille de l'heure est entre 0-1.

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll llll
llll l
l
lll l

lll lll
l l l ll l l

JUN
55

10

TU
A

-P E R PE

DEC

l l l l l l l l ll l
l
ll l

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

CHR

AP H

15
25

ll

35

+3

( ).

+2

+1

45

TE
DA

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

GR

lll lll
l l l ll l l

JUN

3) Mise en marche / Arrt du compteur de minutes


ll

lll

ll l

CHR

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

TU
A

15

lllll l

l ll

10

45

ll lllll ll

ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
25

35

9 1
0

lll l llll

ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

lll
l llll

APH

ll

20

GR

llll llll l
l

l llll llll llll llll llll lll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

l ll

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

+3

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

26
8ll lll l l l l l l l l ll ll1lll l0ll
l ll
ll l
l
ll
lll l
l
l lll
ll

ll

lll
ll

A
4

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

Appuyer sur le bouton pour mettre le compteur de


minutes en marche aprs l'avoir rgl. Un signal acoustique
indique la mise en marche, aprs quoi l'aiguille des minutes
du compteur de minutes recule pendant une minute et
l'aiguille des secondes avance toutes les secondes. Chaque
fois que l'aiguille des secondes du compteur de minutes
atteint le 0, l'aiguille des minutes du compteur de minutes
recule toutes les minutes.

45

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

4) Arrt du compteur de minutes


Un signal acoustique de confirmation ayant une dure de 10 secondes avertira de la fin
du temps rgl. Aprs ce signal, les aiguilles du compteur de minutes se remettront
rapidement sur les valeurs de dfaut.
Les valeurs de rglage du compteur de minutes restent inaltres tant que l'on ne
procde pas un nouveau rglage manuel, mme en utilisant un autre mode.

CHR

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
l ll
ll l
l
ll
l
l lll
ll

15

45

lll

l
lll

TU
A

lllll l

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

APH

ll

ll lllll ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

GR

20

5
3
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

lll

TE
DA

( ).

+2

III llll llll llll


lll llll I
llll
llll l
llll
llll
llll
l

+3

llll

l ll

lll
ll

Fonction de retour zro


La fonction de retour zro est utilise pour procder un nouveau rglage du
compteur de minutes n'importe quel moment, une fois que le compteur de minutes a
t mis en marche.
Appuyer sur le bouton n'importe quel moment
29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 l l l l l l l l 1
pendant le fonctionnement du compteur de minutes. Un
ll
ll
l
ll
signal acoustique de confirmation est mis et le compteur
de minutes se remettra en marche compter du rglage
effectu initialement. Pour remettre le compteur de
minutes en marche, appuyer sur le bouton . La montre
B calculera automatiquement le temps mis pour le retour en
position des aiguilles du compteur de minutes et les
remettra en place en consquence.
Nouveau rglage du compteur de minutes
Appuyer sur le bouton lorsque le compteur de minutes
est en phase d'arrt pour procder un nouveau rglage.
l

ll

llll llll l
l

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
25

35

IMPORTANT
Le changement de mode pendant que le Compteur de minutes est en marche provoque
l'effacement du rglage. Les rglages du compteur de minutes restent inaltrs.

46

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

B. Utilisation du Compteur de minutes II


Le compteur de minutes peut tre rgl jusqu' un maximum de 60 minutes.
Le compteur de minutes II passe automatiquement au mode chronographe lorsque
le temps du compteur de minutes II est termin.
Le signal d'avertissement qui prcde la fin du temps rgl est suivi d'un autre
signal acoustique la fin du temps.
1) Rglage du Compteur de minutes II
Aiguille des secondes du chronographe

1
3

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

CHR

45

15

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

TU
A

lll

l ll

10

lllll l

lll l llll

ll lllll ll

ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
25

35

9 1
0

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

-P E R P E

DEC

ll

55

ll

APH

ll

GR

lll
ll

llll llll l
l

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

Bouton de Mise
en marche / Arrt

+1

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

( ).

+2

MEMO

TE
DA

+3

20

ER

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

TIM

l ll

CH 5
R

NO

Commutation du mode de
fonctionnement de mode

ll

Aiguille des heures


du compteur de minutes

Aiguille mode

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll

B Bouton de rglage/Retour
zro/Initialisation

Aiguille des minutes du compteur de minutes


Appuyer sur le bouton pour dplacer l'aiguille sur le mode Compteur de minutes II.
Les positions des aiguilles du compteur de minutes sont :
Aiguille des secondes du compteur de minutes: l'aiguille des secondes avance
rapidement et s'arrte sur le 12.
Aiguilles des minutes/heures du compteur de minutes: ces deux aiguilles avancent
rapidement et s'arrtent toutes deux sur la dernire position rgle pour le compteur
de minutes.

47

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

2) Rglage/Mise en marche/Arrt du compteur de minutes


Les fonctions des temporisateurs I et II sont les mmes. Pour plus d'informations, voir
les caractristiques techniques relatives au Compteur de minutes I.
3) Arrt et fonction du chronographe automatique (uniquement Compteur de minutes II)
Au terme d'une temporisation, un signal acoustique de fin d'opration se dclenchera
pendant 2 secondes, la montre passera au mode chronographe et la mesure
commencera. (Fonction de chronographe automatique).
un signal acoustique d'avertissement de fin d'opration se dclenchera une fois aux
intervalles suivants : 5, 3 et 1 minute avant la fin du temps et tous les 10 secondes de
50, jusqu' 10, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1 seconde.

Mise en marche

Pour plus d'informations


sur les caractristiques
du chronographe, voir le
chapitre relatif au
chronographe.
Signal de temps chu (2 secondes)
Temps chu

Mise en marche du chronographe

IMPORTANT
Le changement de mode pendant que le Compteur de minutes est en marche provoque
l'effacement de la temporisation. Les rglages du compteur de minutes restent inaltrs.

48

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

H UTILISATION DU CHRONOGRAPHE
Le chronographe est mme de mesurer jusqu' 4 heures avec des augmentations de
1/10 de seconde. L'afficheur du chronographe revient automatiquement 00 tout en
continuant l'enregistrement, mme lorsque la limite des 4 heures a t dpasse.
L'aiguille des diximes de seconde s'arrte au terme de la premire minute
d'enregistrement en position 00 secondes. La mesure des diximes de seconde s'arrte
immdiatement ds que l'on appuie sur le bouton et elle apparat sur l'afficheur.
1) Rglage du mode chronographe
Aiguille des secondes du chronographe

TU
A

45

15

CHR

l ll

10

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lll l llll

lll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

-P E R P E

DEC

ll

55

lllll l

APH

ll

ll lllll ll

ll

llll llll l
l

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
25

35

9 1
0

GR

ll

MEMO

lll
ll

+1

A Bouton Mise en
marche/Arrt

( ).

+2

+3

20

ER

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

TIM

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

l ll

CH 5
R

TE
DA

ll

Aiguille des heures


du chronographe

NO
O

Aiguille 1/10 seconde du


chronographe/aiguille de mode

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll llll
llll l
ll ll l

B Bouton temps
partiel/Initialisation

Aiguille des minutes du compteur de minutes


Appuyer sur le bouton pour mettre l'aiguille de mode sur le mode chronographe.
Les aiguilles des diximes de seconde, des secondes, des minutes et des heures du
chronographe s'arrteront sur le 12 ds que l'aiguille de mode sera mise sur le mode
chronographe (position d'initialisation).

49

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

2) Procdures gnrales d'utilisation

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll
lll
ll

CHR

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

20

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

Arrt

1
3

CHR
ON

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

LEN DER

CA

lll

lllll l

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

ll

3217
54

2
9 8 lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1ll 0 6
l lllll llll
llll l
lll l
l lll
l ll
l

20

ll lllll ll

CHR
ON

TU
A

15
35

25

llll llll l
l

lll

ll

llll llll l
l

ll lllll ll

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

45

ll

ll

l ll

10

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lll l llll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lll l
l ll
l

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

llll llll l
l

APH

ll

9 1
0

GR

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

20

+1

( ).

+2

25

+3

MEMO

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

l
15
35

ER

TE
DA

45

TIM

TU
A

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

CH 5
R

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

l ll

APH

ll

GR

ll

NO
O

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

TIM

NO
O

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R

A
4

ll

l ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll llll
llll l
l
lll l

A
4

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l l
ll lllll llll
ll ll
l ll
lll l

lll

lllll l

29 31 1
28
12

lllll l

ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

1535.4
Appuyer encore une fois Appuyer sur le bouton
sur le bouton pour
pour rgler de
bloquer lavancement
nouveau les aiguilles du
chronographe de la
montre.

ll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

ll lllll ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

CHR

llll llll l
l

ll

CHR

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

lllll l

lll
ll

ll

20

ll lllll ll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

25

llll llll l
l

35

ll

15

45

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

TU
A

lll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

l ll

10

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

lll
ll

lll l llll

9 1
0

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

-P E R P E

DEC

ll

55

lllll l

AP H

ll

20

GR

3) Mesure du temps qui sest


coul
Mise en marche
Appuyer sur le bouton
pour rpter le cycle de
mise en marche et darrt
du chronographe.

+1

25

( ).

+2

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

15
35

+3

TE
DA

45

TU
A

MEMO

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

ER

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

APH

ll

l ll

GR

CH 5
R

TIM

ll

NO
O

+1

Appuyer sur le bouton pour


commencer la mesure.Toutes
les aiguilles du chronographe
commenceront se dplacer.

( ).

+2

25

+3

MEMO

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

l
15
35

ER

TE
DA

45

TU
A

TIM

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

CH 5
R

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

APH

ll

l ll

GR

ll

NO
O

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

TIM
ER

NO
O

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

A
4

ll

l ll

Initialisation

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

A
4

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

Stop

ll

Mise en marche

1535.4

50

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

CHR

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lll
ll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

CHR

20

ll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

lllll l

lll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

ll lllll ll

1
llll llll l
l

CHR

ll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lll

lll
ll

lllll l

20

ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

ll lllll ll

ll

15
35

25

llll llll l
l

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

45

ll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
l ll
ll l
l
ll
l
l lll
ll

TU
A

l
lll

l ll

10

llll llll l
l

lll l llll

lll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

lllll l

APH

ll

9 1
0

GR

+1

20

( ).

+2

25

+3

MEMO

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

15
35

ER

TE
DA

45

TIM

5
3
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

TU
A

CH 5
R

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

l ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

AP H

ll

GR

ll

NO
O

25

+1

l
15
35

( ).

+2

MEMO

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

45

+3

TU
A

ER

TE
DA

l ll

10

TIM

lll l llll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

AP H

ll

9 1
0

GR

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

+3

MEMO

ER

CH 5
R

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll

l ll

TIM

ll

NO
O

NO
O

5
3
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l
l
l
l
llll
l
llll l
lll
l
l
l
l
l
ll

ll

l ll

Initialisation

29 31 1
28
12

A
4

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l
l
l
l
llll
l
llll l
lll
l
l
l
l
l
ll

Arrt

ll

29 31 1
28
12

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

Remise en marche

51

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

4) Mesure des temps partiels

Mise en marche

Temps partiel

1
3

CHR

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

ll l

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

lllll l

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l
lll
ll

ll

CHR

20

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

ll lllll ll

25

llll llll l
l

ll

15
35

ll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

45

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

TU
A

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

lll
ll

l ll

10

lll

lll l llll

llll llll l
l

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

lllll l

APH

ll

9 1
0

GR

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

20

+1

25

( ).

+2

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

l
15
35

+3

MEMO

TE
DA

45

TU
A

TIM
E

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

APH

ll

GR

CH 5
R

NO
O

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

TIM

ll

l ll

NO
O

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R

ll

l ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll llll
llll l
l
lll l

A
4

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l l
ll lllll llll
ll ll
l ll
lll l

ll

29 31 1
28
12

1535.4
Appuyer sur le bouton
entre la mesure
et le relchement

Le temps partiel est affich pendant 10 secondes pendant lesquelles la mesure se


poursuit.
Au terme des 10 secondes, les aiguilles du chronographe avanceront rapidement sur
la position du temps actuel et la mesure se poursuivra en temps rel.

52

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Arrt

CHR

lll
ll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

CHR
ON

20

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

ll lllll ll

ll

lllll l

lll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

llll llll l
l

CHR

ll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

lll

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lllll l

lll
ll

ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

20

ll lllll ll

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

15
35

25

llll llll l
l

ll

TU
A

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

45

ll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

l ll

10

lll
ll

lll l llll

lll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

lllll l

APH

ll

9 1
0

GR

20

llll llll l
l

+1

( ).

+2

25

+3

MEMO

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

15
35

ER

TE
DA

45

TU
A

TIM

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

CH 5
R

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

l ll

APH

ll

GR

ll

NO
O

+1

25

( ).

+2

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

l
15
35

+3

MEMO

TE
DA

45

TU
A

TIM
E

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

APH

ll

GR

CH 5
R

NO
O

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

TIM

ll

l ll

NO
O

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
ll
lll l

A
4

ll

l ll

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l
l
l
l
llll
l
llll l
l
l
l
l
ll
lll l

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l
l
l
l
llll
l
llll l
l
l
l
l
ll
lll l

Initialisation

29 31 1
28
12

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

29 31 1
28
12

ll

Affichages indication temps


partiel/enregistrement (aprs
10 secondes)

pour la lecture
du temps partiel

Il est possible d'enregistrer jusqu' 5 temps partiels et de les rappeler ensuite


puisqu'ils restent en mmoire (Rappel des temps partiels en mmoire).
Un temps partiel quelconque suivant les 5 premiers sera affich sur la montre mais
ne restera pas en mmoire.

53

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Rappel des temps partiels en mmoire

NO
O

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

CHR

lll
ll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

lllll l

lll

ll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

CHR

20

ll lllll ll

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

15
35

25

llll llll l
l

ll

45

ll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

TU
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

l ll

10

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

lll
ll

lll l llll

9 1
0

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

lll

APH

ll

20

GR

llll llll l
l

+1

25

( ).

+2

MEMO

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

l
15
35

TE
DA

45

TIM
E

+3

TU
A

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

CH 5
R

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

l ll

APH

ll

GR

ll

NO
O

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

TIM

NO
O

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

ll

l ll

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l
l
l
l
llll
l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

lllll l

CH 5
R

29 31 1
28
12

ll

Initialisation

Numro de rappel
du temps partiel
en mmoire

N mmoire 1535

Appuyer sur le bouton


les donnes des temps
Les donnes relatives aux temps partiels peuvent tre rappels par la montre aprs avoir de
nouveau rgl le chronographe.
Appuyer une fois sur le bouton pour rappeler le numro des donnes en mmoire.
Appuyer encore une fois sur le bouton pour rappeler les donnes. Appuyer deux fois sur le
bouton pour afficher les donnes suivantes en mmoire jusqu' un maximum de 5 temps
partiels.
Appuyer sur le bouton la fin de la dernire introduction de donnes et la montre reviendra
au mode d'initialisation. (Par exemple, si seulement deux donnes ont t enregistres, la

54

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

1
3

CHR

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

ll l

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

l
lll

lllll l

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

ll

CHR

20

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

ll lllll ll

ll

25

llll llll l
l

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

15
35

ll

lll
ll

45

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

TU
A

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

20

l ll

10

lll

lll l llll

llll llll l
l

-P E R P E

DEC

ll

55

lllll l

APH

ll

ll

GR

9 1
0

+1

25

( ).

+2

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

l
15
35

+3

MEMO

TE
DA

45

TU
A

TIM
E

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

AP H

ll

GR

CH 5
R

NO
O

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

ll

5
3
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

TIM

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

NO
O

l ll

CH 5
R

l ll

ll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
l ll
ll l
l
ll
l
l lll
ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

Initialisation
4

Mmoire du temps
partiel

1535.4

pour rappeler
partiels (maximum 5) de la mmoire.
seconde reprsente le dernier enregistrement). Mme si l'on n'a pas appuy sur le bouton
la montre repassera automatiquement au mode d'initialisation 10 secondes plus tard.
Les donnes mmorises resteront en mmoire tant que le chronographe ne sera pas utilis
pour une autre mesure. Le passage un autre mode n'efface pas les donnes mmorises.
IMPORTANT
Le passage d'un mode un autre pendant l'enregistrement l'aide du chronographe effacera
les mesures mais n'effacera pas les enregistrements des temps partiels en mmoire.

55

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

FONCTIONNEMENT DE LA MONTRE

Bouton
Couronne

Premier cran
Deuxime
cran

Changement de mode

Position
normale

Bouton
Calendrier

Bouton

Bouton

Rotation de
la couronne

Contrle
initial

.................................

.....................

Compteur de
Mise en
minutes I
marche /Arrt
Compteur de
Mise en
minutes II marche/ Arrt
Mise en
Chronograph
marche/ Arrt
e
Rglage
Rglage
jour
date

Compteur de minutes I
Rglage/Retour
zro/Initialisation
Compteur de minutes II
Rglage/Retour
zro/Initialisation
Initialisation
Temps partiel
Rappel temps partiel
Rglage
anne/mois

......................... ...................... ...................................

.....................
.....................
.....................
.....................
Rglage
heure

Appuyer sur le bouton pendant plus d'une seconde la couronne tant en


position normale et le calendrier affich, pour introduire le mode de contrle initial.

56

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

K REGLAGE ANNEE BISSEXTILE


L.Y.
1
2
3

1988
1989
1990
1991

L.Y.
1
2
3

1992
1993
1994
1995

L.Y.
1
2
3

1996
1997
1998
1999

L.Y.
1
2
3

2000
2001
2002
2003

L.Y.
1
2
3

2004
2005
2006
2007

L.Y.
1
2
3

2008
2009
2010
2011

Comment lire le tableau


Les annes bissextiles sont indiques par le sigle "L.Y."; les chiffres indiquent le
nombre d'annes qui se sont coules depuis la dernire anne bissextile.
EXEMPLE
1992 sera une anne bissextile et 1993 sera la premire anne aprs l'anne
bissextile.

57

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

L PRECAUTIONS D'UTILISATION ET INFORMATIONS UTILES


Utilisation

Niveau
dtanchit

Indication
Cadran

Botier

Eclaboussure,
sueur, pluie lgre,
ablutions, etc.

Natation,
etc.

NON

NON

WATER RESISTANT

OUI

NON

WATER RESISTANT
50M (5bar)

WATER RESISTANT

OUI

OUI

WATER RESISTANT
100M (10bar)

WATER RESISTANT

OUI

OUI

WATER RESISTANT
200M (20bar) ou plus

WATER RESISTANT

OUI

OUI

Lindication WATER RESISTANT (tanche) peut parfois tre abrge en WATER RESIST.
Pour viter que l'eau entre dans le mcanisme interne de la montre, la couronne ne
doit jamais tre extraite quand la montre est mouille.
Si les montres conues pour le sport ou pour fonctionner sous l'eau sont exposes
l'eau sale ou une sueur abondante, elles doivent tre rinces l'eau douce puis
compltement essuyes.
Dans certains cas, l'eau peut provoquer un endommagement de la qualit de
certains bracelets en cuir.

58

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

* Touj

sous leau
Immersion

Immersion en
profondeur

Caractristiques
dtanchit

NON

NON

Non tanche. Doit tre protge de leau et de lhumidit.

NON

NON

Etanchit normale. Rsiste aux claboussures, la sueur, la pluie


lgre, aux ablutions, etc. pendant lutilisation quotidienne.

NON

NON

Utilisation possible pendant la natation mais


dconseille pour la plonge.

OUI

NON

Adapte la plonge peu profonde.

OUI

OUI

Adapte la plonge en profondeur.

ours placer la couronne dans sa position normale.

* Serrer compltement la vis de la couronne.

Les parties internes de la montre peuvent retenir l'humidit quand la temprature externe
est plus basse de celle interne et le verre du cadran peut parfois s'embuer. Si le
phnomne est momentan, cela ne cre aucun problme, mais si il persiste dans le
temps, il faut informer le revendeur de la montre ou le Centre d'Assistance autoris le
plus proche.

59

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Temprature
Ne pas laisser la montre expose aux rayons directs du soleil ou dans des endroits
extrmement chauds ou extrmement froids pendant une longue priode. Cela pourrait
en effet provoquer un mauvais fonctionnement de la montre ou rduire la dure de la
pile, ou encore un ralentissement ou une acclration de la montre et des
consquences sur les autres fonctions.
Chocs
Cette montre peut supporter les chocs et les secousses qui ont lieu normalement
pendant l'utilisation quotidienne et lors de la pratique de sports ne comportant pas de
contacts directs, comme le golf ou le base-ball. Si la montre tombe par terre ou est
soumise des chocs trs forts, elle peut tre endommage ou mal fonctionner.
Champs magntiques
Cette montre est anti-magntique jusqu' 60 Gauss et n'est donc pas influence par les
champs magntiques produits par les appareils lectromnagers normaux. Si elle est
utilise prs de champs magntiques trs forts, ses fonctions peuvent momentanment
tre altres.
Electricit statique
Les circuits intgrs utiliss dans la montre sont sensibles l'lectricit statique. Si la
montre est expose une lectricit intense, l'indication de l'heure peut perdre en
prcision.
Substances chimiques et gaz
Ne pas porter la montre en prsence de substances chimiques fortes ou de gaz.
Si la montre entre en contact avec des solvants, comme le benzne, ou avec des
produits contenant des substances telles que essence, cires, dtergents, adhsifs, ses

60

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

pices peuvent se dcolorer, se dissoudre ou se rompre. Faire particulirement


attention viter les substances chimiques. Le botier de la montre et le bracelet
peuvent se dcolorer s'ils entrent en contact avec le mercure d'un thermomtre cass
ou de toute autre provenance.
Maintenir la montre propre
Frotter avec un chiffon doux et absorbant la terre et l'humidit sur le verre de la montre.
Si la montre est porte quand l'arrire du botier et le bracelet son sales, cela peut
provoquer une irritation cutane car ils sont en contact direct avec la peau. Maintenir la
montre propre galement pour ne pas salir les poignets de chemise.
Comment nettoyer le bracelet.
Bracelet en mtal : laver les endroits sales avec une brosse dents mouille avec de
l'eau tide savonneuse.
Bracelet en plastique ou en caoutchouc : laver l'eau. Ne pas utiliser de solvants.
Bracelet en cuir : frotter dlicatement sur le ct extrieur avec un chiffon doux et
sec. Pour le nettoyage du ct oppos, utiliser un chiffon humidifi avec de l'alcool.
Inspection priodique
Nous recommandons de faire contrler la montre par un centre d'assistance autoris
une fois par an ou tous les deux ans pour assurer une utilisation prolonge et sans
problmes.
Tenir les piles hors de la porte des enfants
Dans le cas o une pile serait accidentellement avale, consulter immdiatement un
mdecin.

61

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

M CARACTERISTIQUES TECHNIQUES
1. Type : Montre analogique quartz aiguilles multiples.
2. Prcision : 20 secondes par mois des tempratures normales (5C-25C/41F-95F).
3. Frquence d'oscillation du quartz : 32.768 Hz.
4. Plage de fonctionnement : -10C + 60C (14F - 140F).
5. Actionnement : moteur pas pas.
6. Caractristiques supplmentaires
Calendrier affichage aiguilles
Afficheur anne (identification anne bissextile), mois, date, jour (avancement rapide
non actif pour l'affichage du jour).
Rglage automatique pour anne bissextile/dernier jour du mois.
Compteur de minutes I avec fonction de retour zro.
Minutes/Secondes (rglage maximal : 60 minutes des intervalles de 1 minute).
Compteur de minutes II avec fonction de retour zro.
Minutes/Secondes (rglage maximal : 60 minutes des intervalles de 1 minute).
Fonction de chronographe automatique (le chronographe met automatiquement en
marche la mesure au terme de la phase d'enregistrement).
Signal d'avertissement de fin de temps avant la fin de la phase d'enregistrement.
Chronographe
Aiguilles des heures/minutes/secondes/diximes de seconde.
(Temps maximum d'affichage : 4 heures. Sauf en cas de blocage, le compteur de
minutes recommencera partir de 00).
Mesure temps partiel.
Mise en mmoire du temps partiel (nombre maximum d'introductions : 5).
Rappel des donnes relatives aux temps partiels mmoriss.

62

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Autres caractristiques
Signal d'avertissement de rglage initial incomplet.
Dispositif d'arrt de l'aiguille des secondes.
7. Pile :
Numro de code : SR927W
Quantit : 1
Dure de la batterie : environ 2 ans.
8. Chronographe : 1 h/jour.
9. Compteur de minutes I : 30 min./jour.
10. Compteur de minutes II : 15 min./jour (compteur de minutes : 7,5
min.; chronographe : 7,5 min.).
11. Circuits intgrs
2C/MOS-LSI
1 CPU
1 driver
REMARQUE
Pour cette montre, la dure de la pile dpend de l'utilisation des signaux
d'avertissement et de fin de temps du compteur de minutes. Plus l'utilisation de ces
fonctions est frquente, plus la dure de la pile est brve.
En vue d'amliorer le produit, les indications fournies ci-dessus peuvent subir des
modifications sans pravis.

63

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

64

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

INHALTSVERZEICHNIS

A HAUPTBESTANDTEILE DER UHR

66

B VORBEREITUNG DER UHR

67

C GEBRAUCH DER UHR

70

D DIE WICHTIGSTEN FUNKTIONEN

70

E EINSTELLUNG DER UHRZEIT

72

F EINSTELLUNG DES DATUMS

73

G GEBRAUCH DES COUNTDOWN-TIMERS

75

H GEBRAUCH DER STOPPUHR

81

I BERBLICK DER FUNKTIONSMODI DER UHR

86

K EINSTELLUNG DES SCHALTJAHRS

87

L HINWEISE ZUM TRAGEN DER UHR

88

M TECHNISCHE DATEN

92

65

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

A HAUPTBESTANDTEILE DER UHR


1 Stundenzeiger
2 Minutenzeiger
3 - Monatszeiger
- Minutenzeiger des Countdown-Timers
- Minutenzeiger der Stoppuhr
4 - Datumszeiger
- Sekundenzeiger des Countdown-Timers
- Sekundenzeiger der Stoppuhr
5 - Jahreszeiger
(Anzeige der Schaltjahre)
- Stundenzeiger des Countdown-Timers
- Stundenzeiger der Stoppuhr

6 - Moduszeiger
- Tageszeiger
- Stoppuhr m. 1/10-Sek.
A Druckknopf
B Druckknopf
24-Std.-Zeiger
Sekundenzeiger
C Druckknopf
D Stellkrone
1. Raststellung: Einstellung d. Datums
2. Raststellung: Einstellung d. Uhrzeit
(Anfangseinstellung)

WICHTIG
Man kann aus jedem Funktionsmodus auf die Datumseinstellung umschalten, indem
man die Stellkrone um eine Raststellung herauszieht. Zieht man diese um zwei
Raststellungen heraus, so wechselt man zur Einstellung der Uhrzeit (Die Stellkrone
wieder in Ausgangsstellung eindrcken, um zur Kalenderanzeige zurckzukehren).

66

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

B VORBEREITUNG DER UHR


Schlagen Sie die Anfangsstellung der Zeiger in der bersichtszeichnung nach.
Mit dieser Stellung ist das einwandfreie Funktionieren der Uhr gewhrleistet.
A. ANFANGSKONTROLLE
1. Besttigung des Kalendermodus

2. Anfangskontrolle

Moduszeiger

LEN DER

3
l

CHR

43217

CA

65

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

LEN DER

lll

43217

CA

lllll l

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

ll

65

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll
lll
ll

CHR

20

ll lllll ll

25

llll llll l
l

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

15
35

ll

ll

45

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

TU
A

lll

l ll

10

lllll l

lll l llll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

ll

AP H

ll

9 1
0

GR

lll
ll

llll llll l
l

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

+1

20

( ).

+2

25

+3

MEMO

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

l
15
35

ER

TE
DA

45

TIM

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

TU
A

CH 5
R

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

lll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

A
4

AP H

ll

GR

ll

NO
O

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

TIM

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R

NO
O

ll

lll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
lll l

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
lll l

Umschaltung des
Funktionsmodus

Prfen Sie, ob der Moduszeiger auf den


Kalender zeigt. Andernfalls den Knopf
 so lange drcken und wieder
loslassen, bis er korrekt positioniert ist.

Den Kopf  drcken und mehr als 1


Sekunde gedrckt halten, um den
Kalenderzeiger in die Ausgangsstellung
zurckzubewegen. Die
Anfangskontrolle ist abgeschlossen,
sobald die Zeiger wie in der oben
gezeigten Abbildung stehen.

67

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Die Kalenderzeiger fr Jahr, Monat, Datum und Tag mssen sich bei der
Anfangskontrolle auf die 12 stellen. Falls sich die Zeiger nicht vorschriftsgem
positionieren, schlagen Sie die Vorgehensweise zur Anfangseinstellung nach.
Annullieren der Anfangsregulierung
Drcken Sie einen der beiden Druckknpfe ( bzw. ), um die Kalendereinstellung vor
der berprfung wiederherzustellen. Wird kein Druckknopf lnger als 10 Sekunden
gedrckt, so stellt sich die Uhr automatisch auf die vorherige Einstellung zurck.

B DIE ANFANGSEINSTELLUNG
1. Initialisierung der Uhr

LEN DER

lll
ll

3
l

CHR

43217

65

CA

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

LEN DER

43217

CA

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

CHR

20

ll

LEN DER

1
3

65

lllll l

lll

43217

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

ll lllll ll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

llll llll l
l

CHR
ON

ll

CA

lll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

65

lllll l

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

ll

lll
ll

20

ll lllll ll

25

llll llll l
l

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

15
35

ll

ll

45

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

TU
A

lll

l ll

10

lllll l

lll l llll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

ll

AP H

ll

9 1
0

GR

lll
ll

llll llll l
l

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

20

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

+1

lll

( ).

+2

25

+3

MEMO

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

15
35

ER

TE
DA

45

TIM

TU
A

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

CH 5
R

NO

AP H

ll

ll

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

68

Die Stellkrone um 2 Raststellungen


herausziehen.
1) Die Knpfe ,  und 
gleichzeitig drcken.
2) Die Initialisierung der Uhr ist
abgeschlossen, sobald sich die

GR

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

+1

25

( ).

+2

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

l
15
35

+3

MEMO

TE
DA

45

ER

lll

TU
A

TIM

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll

A
4

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

CH 5
R

NO

AP H

ll

GR

ll

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

TIM

NO

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R
O

ll

lll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll

A
4

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll

2. Anfangseinstellung der Uhr

Die Stellkrone um 2 Raststellungen herausziehen.


Einen beliebigen Druckknopf drcken
und gedrckt halten. Der Datumszeiger
luft nun rasch vor.
1) Knopf  drcken und den
Datumszeiger damit auf die 12 stellen.

Zeiger fr Jahr, Monat, Datum und


Tag bewegen (ca. 2 Sekunden,
nachdem man die Knpfe , 
und  losgelassen hat).
Die erfolgte Initialisierung wird
daraufhin durch ein Akustiksignal
besttigt.

2) Knopf  drcken und die Zeiger von


Monat und Jahr auf die 12 stellen.
3) Knopf  drcken und den Tageszeiger auf
die 12 stellen (Stellung 0.0).
4) Die Stellkrone wieder eindrcken und
damit die Anfangseinstellung abschlieen.
Der Tageszeiger (Moduszeiger) zeigt nun
auf Sunday (Sonntag).
Lesen Sie bitte die nhere Beschreibung
der einzelnen Zeigerfunktionen auf
Seite 72.

WICHTIG
Die Uhr funktioniert nur dann einwandfrei, wenn man diese Anfangseinstellung nach
jedem Wechsel der Batterie wiederholt. Wird die Einstellung unvollstndig ausgefhrt,
so funktionieren Kalenderanzeige, Countdown-Timer und Stoppuhr fehlerhaft.
Wird die Anfangseinstellung nicht wie auf Seite 68 beschrieben zu Ende gefhrt, so
wird eine Alarmmeldung angezeigt: Der Datumszeiger beginnt, gegen den
Uhrzeigersinn zu laufen, und zeigt damit an, da die Anfangseinstellung noch
abgeschlossen werden mu.

69

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

C GEBRAUCH DER UHR


Stellen Sie beim tglichen Tragen der Uhr immer sicher, da die Stellkrone in ihrer
Ausgangsstellung steht. Falls die Stellkrone um eine oder zwei Raststellungen
herausgezogen ist, verbraucht die Uhr bermig viel Batteriestrom. Prfen Sie die
Ausgangsstellung der Stellkrone immer nach - auch wenn Sie die Uhr ablegen.
Die Kalenderanzeige mu am Monatsende bzw. nach Ablauf eines Schaltjahrs nicht
nachgestellt werden.

D DIE WICHTIGSTEN FUNKTIONEN

Modusanzeige

18

lll lll
l l l ll l l

20

ll

CHR

llll llll l
l

LEN DER

43217

ll lllll ll

ll

LEN DER

CA

65

CA

16

25

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

65

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

lll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lllll l

lll
ll

ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

l ll

15
35

25

9 1
0

45

35

10

TU
A

55

l ll

lll l llll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

15

AP H

ll

l ll

10

GR

llll llll

6
4 lllll llll 8
l
l

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

+1

MEMO

24

ll

55

45

TE
DA

+2

ll

( ).

20

22

ER

+3

l
l
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

TIM

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

ll

lll

CH 5
R

NO
O

Umschaltung der
C
Funktionsmodi

ll

lll
ll

l ll

O
MEM

ER

ll

TIM

70

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

12 1
10 l l l l l l l l l 4

43217

CH 5
R
NO
O

Dieser Chronograph bietet folgende Funktionen:


Kalender, Countdown-Timer I, Countdown-Timer II,
Stoppuhr und Speichern der Zwischenzeiten.
Mit Druck auf Knopf (C) whlen Sie die
gewnschte Funktion.

Stellkrone in Ausgangsstellung
Bei jedem Drcken und Wieder-Loslassen von Knopf  wird der Modus
weitergeschaltet, dazu ertnt jeweils ein Akustiksignal.

ll

lll

18

lll lll
l l l ll l l

20

ll

16
l

CHR

l
lll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

LEN DER

18

lll lll
l l l ll l l

20

ll

16
CHR
ON

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

43217

CA

65

lll
ll

ll

16

lll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

18

lll lll
l l l ll l l

20

CA

lllll l

LEN DER

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

65

CA

20
18

lll lll
l l l ll l l

ll

16

lllll l

lll

15

ll

CHR

l ll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

ll

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

2
9 8 l l l l l l l l l 10 6
l l lll
l
l
l
l
l
l lll
l ll

15

12 1
10 l l l l l l l l l 4

TU
A

45

25

ll

l ll

CHR
ON

20

ll lllll ll

ll llll llll llll


lll llll ll
l
llll l
4 3 2lll1ll7l
llll
6 5 LENDER l llll
A
llll
l

llll llll l
l

l ll

10

Stoppuhr

9 1
0

lll l llll

35

45

DEC

ll

55

l ll

10

ll lllll ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

ll

25

ll

ll

llll llll l
l

20

lll

ll

12 1
10 l l l l l l l l l 4

43217

LEN DER

43217

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

20

ll lllll ll

65

llll llll l
l

2 23 24
21 2
2

ll

lllll l

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
35

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

ll

5
9
26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
l
l
l
l
lll
l
ll
lll l
l
l
ll
ll

l ll

12 1
10 l l l l l l l l l 4

15

9 1
0

20

25

35

TU
A

10

45

15

55

l ll

lll l llll

6
4 lllll llll 8
l
l

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

l ll

10

45

GR

llll llll

55

6
4 llll llll 8
l
l

-P E R PE
AP H

24

ll

+1

MEMO

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

( ).

+2

ll

TE
DA

+3

5
3
l l l
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

22

ER

AP H

ll

llll llll

l ll

TIM

25

ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
35

llll llll l
l

CH 5
R

NO
O

Countdown-Timer I

GR

ll

lll

24

ll

55

+1

ll

lll
ll

( ).

+2

MEMO

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

+3

l
l
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

22

ER

TE
DA

25

TIM

l
15
35

l ll

25

ll

lll

CH 5
R

NO
O

TU
A

9 1
0

10

45

35

55

l ll

lll l llll

15

45

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

l ll

10

AP H

ll

llll llll

6
4 lllll llll 8
l
l

GR

24

ll

55

ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

lll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
25

35

ll

lllll l

15

ll

45

25

Kalenderanzeige

35

l ll

10

TU
A

55

l ll

lll l llll

9 1
0

ll

ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

12 1
10 l l l l l l l l l 4

AP H

GR

15

6
4 llll llll 8

+1

+2

l ll

10

lll
ll

+1

MEMO

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

( ).

+2

ll

TE
DA

+3

l
l
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

MEMO

llll llll

ll

( ).

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

+3

24

ll

55

ll

ll

45

l ll

22

ER

CH 5
R

NO
O

TIM

22

ER

TE
DA

ll

lll

TIM

ll

lll
ll

l ll

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

NO
O

29 31 1
28
12

CH 5
R

5
3
l l l
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
l ll
ll l
l
ll
l
l lll
ll

ll

lll
ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

Countdown-Timer II
Die Timer I und II, mit der Stoppuhr gemessene Zeiten und die ChronometerEinstellungen werden beim Weiterschalten des Funktionsmodus gelscht.

71

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

E EINSTELLUNG DER UHRZEIT


Stundenzeiger
Minutenzeiger

22

20

ll

9 1
0

l ll

12 1
10 l l l l l l l l l 4

ll

lllll l

lll

lll
ll

15

lllll llll l
l

25

35

45

16

l ll

10

ll

18

llll llll

lll lll
l l l ll l l

24

ll

55

ll

ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

l ll

l
l
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

20

Die Stellkrone um zwei Raststellungen herausziehen.


Der Sekundenzeiger stoppt nun auf der 12.
l
l
Durch Drehen der Stellkrone die Uhrzeit einstellen.
Die 24-Stunden-Anzeige ist mit dem Stundenzeiger
synchronisiert. Achten Sie auf die
24-Stunden-Anzeige, um die Stunden korrekt als
Vormittag (a.m.) bzw. Nachmittag (p.m.) einzustellen
Bringen Sie die Stellkrone nach dem Einstellen der
24-Stundenexakten Uhrzeit in die Ausgangsstellung zurck.
Sekundenzeiger
Zeiger
29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

HINWEIS
1) Die Einstellung der Uhrzeit erfolgt unabhngig von der Kalenderfunktion. Falls der
Stundenzeiger dabei also auf den nchsten Tag weitergedreht wird, bleibt das
Datum unverndert.
2) Zur Einstellung der exakten Uhrzeit den Minutenzeiger erst 4-5 Minuten ber die
gewnschte Zeit hinaus stellen und dann auf die exakten Minuten zurckdrehen.

72

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

F EINSTELLUNG DES DATUMS


1) Die Stellkrone um eine Raststellung herausziehen

LEN DER

43217

CA

65

TU
A

45

15

l ll

10

lll

CHR
ON

lll l llll

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

lllll l

AP H

ll

9 1
0

GR

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

lll
ll

+1

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

( ).

+2

MEMO

TE
DA

+3

ER

20

TIM

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

ll lllll ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

l ll

NO

25

ll

llll llll l
l

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
35

Datumszeiger

CH 5
R
O

Jahreszeiger

ll

ll

Tageszeiger

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll llll
llll l
l
lll l

Monatszeiger

2) Einstellung von Jahr/Monat


26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

CHR

TU
A

45

15

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

l ll

10

lll

lll l llll

lllll l

lll
ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

ll

AP H

ll

ll lllll ll

25

ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
35

9 1
0

GR

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

20

llll llll l
l

Erstes
Jahr

+1

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

( ).

+2

Zweites
Jahr

+3

+1

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

+2

TE
DA

( ).

ll

lll

+3

ll

lll
ll

lll

Jahreszeiger

Schaltjahr

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

Drittes
Jahr

Monatszeiger
<Angabe eines Schaltjahrs>
Der Jahreszeiger zeigt auf das Schaltjahr bzw. auf die Anzahl Jahre, die seit dem
letzten Schaltjahr vergangen ist. Der Zeiger dreht sich im Uhrzeigersinn und legt in 4
Jahren eine volle Umdrehung zurck.

73

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Beispiel
Wenn der Jahreszeiger im Feld des zweiten Jahrs steht (wie in der Abb. auf der vorherigen
Seite), heit dies, da das laufende Jahr das zweite Jahr nach dem letzten Schaltjahr ist.
Diese Funktion berechnet die Zahl der Jahre, die das laufende Jahr vom letzten Schaltjahr
trennen. Lesen Sie hierzu bitte auch die Hinweise zu den Schaltjahren (Seite 89). Drcken
Sie den Knopf , um den Monatszeiger jeweils um einen Monat vorzurcken. Drcken Sie
den Knopf  und halten Sie ihn gedrckt, um den Monatszeiger schnell vorlaufen zu
lassen. Der Jahreszeiger ist mit dem Monatszeiger synchronisiert.
3) Einstellung des Datums
Die Stellkrone um eine Raststellung herausziehen.
ll

ll

lll

5
6

7
8

9 1
0

ll

ll l
ll

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

Knopf  drcken um den Datumszeiger jeweils um einen


Tag vorzurcken Knopf  drcken und ihn gedrckt halten
um den Datumszeiger schnell vorlaufen zu lassen.

lll

lll
ll

20

A
4

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

lllll l

l ll

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

9 1
0

lllll l

ll l

lll
ll

MEMO

ll

20

ER

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

CH 5
R

TIM

ll l
lll

l llll IIII llll llll llll ll


ll lll
l ll

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

ll
llll l
llll

NO
O

ll lllll ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

llll

l ll

lll
ll

4) Einstellung des Wochentags


Die Stellkrone um eine Raststellung herausziehen.
Tageszeiger 7 28 29 1231 1 12 3
2 11 l l l l l l l l
Beim jedem Druck auf Knopf  rckt der
ll
ll
l
ll
Wochentagszeiger (gegen den Uhrzeigersinn) auf
den nchsten Wochentag weiter. Wenn der
Wochentagszeiger auf 6 (Samstag) steht und man
Knopf  drckt, luft der Zeiger rasch (im
Uhrzeigersinn) auf 7 (Sonntag) zurck.
C
l

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

74

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

5) Bringen Sie die Stellkrone wieder in Ausgangsstellung. Die Kalenderanzeige


funktioniert nicht einwandfrei, wenn die Stellkrone in der 1. Raststellung bleibt.
Stellen Sie das Datum nicht zwischen 23 Uhr und 01 Uhr ein. In diesem Zeitbereich
funktioniert die Datumseinstellung u. U. nicht korrekt. Der Kalender der Uhr mu am
Monatsende oder am Ende eines Schaltjahres nicht nachgestellt werden.
Beispiel:
Monatswechsel: 30. Nov. - 1. Dez. luft automatisch vor
Einstellung d. Jahres: 29. Febr. - 1. Mrz (Schaltjahr) luft automatisch vor
28. Febr. - 1. Mrz (kein Schaltjahr) luft automatisch vor.

G GEBRAUCH DER COUNTDOWN-TIMERS


Die beiden Timer-Modi (I und II) knnen unabhngig voneinander benutzt werden. Der
Moduszeiger dient zur Umschaltung zwischen den beiden Modi.
A. Gebrauch des Timers I
Der Timer kann auf max. 60 Minuten eingestellt werden
Die Timer-Einstellung bleibt erhalten, bis eine erneute Einstellung erfolgt.

75

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

1) Einstellung von Timer I

Sekundenzeiger des Timers


26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

CHR
ON

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

15

45

lll

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

TU
A

lllll l

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

lll
ll

-P E R P E

DEC

ll

55

ll

APH

ll

ll lllll ll

llll llll l
l

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
25

35

ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

GR

20

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

MEMO

TE
DA

( ).

+2

+3

TIM
E

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

A Start/Stopp-Knopf

l ll

CH 5
R

Umschaltung des C
Funktionsmodus

ll

lll

NO
O

Stundenzeiger
des Timers

ll

lll
ll

Moduszeiger

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

Knopf z. Einstellung /
Lschen / Anfangs-Nullstellen

Minutenzeiger des Timers

Knopf  drcken, um den Zeiger auf den Timer-Modus I zu stellen. Wenn dieser
Modus angewhlt ist, luft der Sekundenzeiger schnell bis zur zuletzt gewhlten
Stellung vor.
Der Minutenzeiger des Timers zeigt in derselben Stellung 0 Minuten und 60
Minuten an.
Um festzustellen, welcher Wert gilt, liest man den Stundenzeiger des Timers ab.
Wenn der Stundenzeiger des Timers auf 0 steht, zeigt der Minutenzeiger 0 Minuten.
Wenn der Stundenzeiger des Timers auf 1 steht, zeigt der Minutenzeiger 60 Minuten.

76

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

2) Einstellung des Timers

15

CHR

45

ll l

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

TU
A

lllll l

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

lll
ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

ll

APH

ll

GR

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

ll lllll ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

+3

20

ll

l ll

Minutenzeiger des Timers

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

25

ll

lll l llll

l ll

10

llll llll l
l

15

45

ll

25

+3

( ).

+2

+1

35

Stundenzeiger des Timers

TU
A

55

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

DEC

ll

TE
DA

CHR

-P E R PE

PH
RA

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

ll

35

Den Knopf  drcken und damit den Minutenzeiger des Timers


in Minutenschritten vorrcken lassen. Wenn das Zeitintervall ber
60 Minuten hinausgeht, luft der Zeiger gegen den Uhrzeigersinn
zurck (Rcklauf 0 - 60 Minuten). Dieselbe Bewegung erfolgt
ebenfalls fr den Stundenzeiger zwischen 0 und 1.

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll llll
llll l
l
lll l

lll lll
l l l ll l l

JUN
55

10

TU
A

-P E R PE

DEC

l l l l l l l l ll l
l
ll l

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

CHR

AP H

15
25

ll

35

+3

( ).

+2

+1

45

TE
DA

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

GR

lll lll
l l l ll l l

JUN

3) Start / Stop des Timers


ll

lll

15

CHR

45

ll l

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

TU
A

lllll l

l ll

10

ll lllll ll

ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
25

35

9 1
0

lll l llll

ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

lll
l llll

APH

ll

20

GR

llll llll l
l

l llll llll llll llll llll lll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

l ll

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

+3

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

26
8ll lll l l l l l l l l ll ll1lll l0ll
l ll
ll l
l
ll
lll l
l
l lll
ll

ll

lll
ll

A
4

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

Den Countdown-Timer nach erfolgter Einstellung mit


Knopf  starten. Ein Akustiksignal meldet den erfolgten
Start. Nach dem Start laufen der Minutenzeiger des
Timers in Minuten-Schritten und der Sekundenzeiger in
Sekunden-Schritten gegen den Uhrzeigersinn zurck.
Jedesmal, wenn der Sekundenzeiger die 0 erreicht, rckt
der Minutenzeiger um eine Minute zurck.

77

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

4) Stop des Timers


Ein 10 Sekunden andauerndes akustisches Besttigungssignal meldet den Ablauf der
eingestellten Zeitspanne. Nach dem Signal stellen sich die Zeiger des Timers rasch in
Ausgangsstellung zurck.
Das eingestellte Zeitintervall des Timers bleibt erhalten, bis er von Hand neu eingestellt
wird. Dies gilt auch fr die Umschaltung in einen anderen Modus.
Schnelles Nullstellen
Die Funktion des schnellen Rckstellens auf Null verwendet man, um den gestarteten
Timer zu jedem Zeitpunkt neu einstellen zu knnen.

ll

lll

CHR

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

15

45

lll

l
lll

TU
A

lllll l

l ll

10

ll lllll ll

ll

llll llll l
l

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
25

35

9 1
0

lll l llll

ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

APH

ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

GR

20

l ll

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

+3

5
3
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
l ll
ll l
l
ll
l
l lll
ll

ll

lll
ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

Wenn man bei laufendem Countdown-Timer in einem


beliebigen Moment den Knopf  drckt, besttigt ein
Akustiksignal den Neustart. Der Timer startet nach Druck
auf Knopf  neu. Die Uhr berechnet hierbei automatisch
die zum Rcklauf der Zeiger bentigte Zeit und stellt sich
dementsprechend ein.
Neu-Einstellung des Timers
Um eine neue Einstellung vorzunehmen, drcken Sie bei
gestopptem Timer Knopf .

WICHTIG
Eine Umschaltung des Funktionsmodus bei eingeschaltetem Timer lscht dessen
aktuelle Minuntenanzeig, die eingestellte Countdown-Zeit bleibt jedoch erhalten.

78

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

B. Gebrauch des Timers II


Der Countdown-Timer kann auf max. 60 Minuten eingestellt werden.
Der Countdown-Timer II schaltet automatisch in den Stoppuhrmodus um, wenn die
eingestellte Zeit abgelaufen ist.
Vor dem Ablauf des eingestellten Zeitintervalls ertnt ein akustischer Hinweis, nach
dessen Ablauf ein weiteres Akustiksignal.
1) Einstellung des Timers II
Sekundenzeiger der Stoppuhr

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

45

15

CHR

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

TU
A

lll

l ll

10

lllll l

lll l llll

9 1
0

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

-P E R P E

DEC

ll

55

ll

APH

ll

GR

lll
ll

ll lllll ll

llll llll l
l

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
25

35

ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

20

TIM

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

A Start/Stop-Knopf

l ll

CH 5
R

NO

Umschaltung des C
Funktionsmodus

ll

lll

Stundenzeiger
des Timers

ll

lll
ll

Moduszeiger

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

B Knopf fr Einstellen /
Nullstellen / Initialisierung

Minutenzeiger des Timers


Man drckt den Knopf , um den Moduszeiger auf den Timer-Modus II zu stellen.
Die Zeigerstellungen des Timers sind:
Sekundenzeiger des Timers: Der Sekundenzeiger luft schnell vor und stoppt auf
der 12.
Minuten-/Stundenzeiger des Timers: Beide Zeiger laufen schnell vor und halten in
der zuletzt eingestellten Zeigerstellung.

79

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

2) Einstellung/Start/Stop des Timers


Die Bedienfunktionen der Timer I und II sind dieselben. Die genaue Beschreibung
finden Sie oben unter Timer I.
3) Stop und autom. Umschaltung auf Stoppuhr (nur Timer II)
Ein 2 Sekunden lang ertnendes Akustiksignal meldet den Ablauf des
Countdown-Zeitintervalls. Die Uhr schaltet dann in den Stoppuhrmodus um, und
dieser luft sofort los. (Funktion als automatische Stoppuhr).
Ein Akustiksignal meldet die Beendigung des Vorgangs in folgenden Zeitabstnden:
5, 3 und 1 Minute vor Ablauf der Zeitspanne und alle 10 Sekunden von 50 bis 10, 5,
4, 3, 2, 1 Sekunden.

Start

Start der Stoppuhr

Weitere Hinweise zur


Funktionsweise der
Stoppuhr finden Sie im
folgenden Kapitel

Meldung, da die Zeit abgelaufen ist (2 Sekunden)


Zeit abgelaufen

WICHTIG
Ein Wechsel des Funktionsmodus bei laufendem Timer II lscht die gestoppte Zeit.
Die Einstellungen des Timers bleiben jedoch unverndert erhalten.

80

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

H GEBRAUCH DER STOPPUHR


Die Stoppuhr kann eine maximale Gesamtzeit von 4 Stunden in
1/10-Sekundenschritten messen. Die Stoppuhranzeige stellt sich allerdings
automatisch auf 00 und zhlt auch weiter, wenn das 4-Stunden-Intervall berschritten
wurde. Der 1/10-Sekunden-Zeiger stoppt nach Ablauf der ersten Minute in der Stellung
fr 00 Sekunden. Die Messung der Zehntelsekunden stoppt unmittelbar, wenn man
den Knopf  drckt, und die Zehntelsekunden werden dann angezeigt.
1) Einstellung des Stoppuhrmodus
Sekundenzeiger des Stoppuhr

11

LLEENNDDEERR
CCAA

33

ACTl lll ll ll l ll l lllllllll l


ll
l

ll l l lll lll l
l
1
10
0

1
15
5

l ll

PH-PECRHPREO
RA
TNU
OGUG l l OCT A

ll

ll

5
55
5

8
6 6 7 7 8 9 910

ll

ll

4
45
5

2232 2243 2254262


2221
52
99
2210
17 00 7262
09 88llllll llllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll6l6llll5llll5l4l4lllll3lll3l2ll2lllll11lll7lll1
l lllll
ll ll
l
llllll l l
l
lllll
l
l
l
l
l
l
lll
lllllllll
lllll l
lll

1101
3
55
22l ll ll ll l ll ll ll ll l l l4 11

P H-P E R P E
TE
AA
TU
C
DEEC
GDR D
FE A
OL
l ll l l l

TE

+
+1
1

ll

).
(( ).

l ll

ll

2
25
5

ll l

7 187
1145 1156 16
1134
198
6
123
G
ll
llU
l lll
llUlN
l ll
lll lllllJA
21
2 1 5lllllllllllllllllll llllllllllUlllNllll l ll lll ll lll lllOll lllll llllllllllllllllllll7
lllllll
lllllllllllllllll
llll l
lll l l
l
lll l
3
35
5

l
l ll llll l l ll ll l l l l
ll

CH
RO
N

55

M
MEMO
ME

DA APR A
PJR
llll
BFElB
l l ll lll l l ll llll l l l
ll l
l

+
+3
3
+
+2
2

22

Stundenzeiger
der Stoppuhr

CH 5
C
HRR 5

IME
TTIM
R
ER

lllllllllllll llllllll ll
ll llll ll
llllll ll
llll lllll llll l
ll llll
llllllll l
ll lll
lllllllll
lll l
lllllll
lll
lll lll
lll
l llll l

11

A Start/Stopp-Knopf

44

31 1 2
2
83129 12
12
33
292
827 1111llllllllllllllllIlIlIlIllllllllIIIIllllllllll lllllllll lllllllll llllllllll lllllllll11
l
l llllllllll lllllllll ll
llll
l llll l
ll llllll l
l ll
l
NOO
OON

1/10-Sekunden-Zeiger d.
Stoppuhr / Moduszeiger

B Knopf f. Zwischenzeiten /
Initialisierung

Minutenzeiger des Timers


Den Knopf  drcken, um den Moduszeiger auf den Stoppuhrmodus zu stellen.
Die Stoppuhr-Zeiger fr Zehntelsekunden, Sekunden, Minuten und Stunden stoppen
auf der 12, wenn man den Moduszeiger auf den Stoppuhrmodus stellt
(Anfangs-Nullstellen).

81

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

2) Normale Benutzung der Stoppuhr


Stop

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll
lll
ll

CHR

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

20

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

ll lllll ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

CHR

llll llll l
l

ll

lllll l

lll

ll

CHR

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

lllll l

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

ll

lll
ll

20

ll lllll ll

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

1535.4
Um die Stoppuhr
anzuhalten, erneut
Knopf  drcken.

25

llll llll l
l

15
35

ll

45

ll

TU
A

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

l ll

10

lll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

lll l llll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

lll
ll

-P E R P E

DEC

ll

55

lllll l

AP H

ll

9 1
0

GR

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

20

llll llll l
l

+1

25

( ).

+2

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

15
35

+3

TE
DA

45

TU
A

MEMO

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

ER

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

APH

ll

l ll

GR

CH 5
R

TIM

ll

NO
O

+1

Zum Start der Zeitmessung


den Knopf  drcken.
Smtliche Zeiger der
Stoppuhr beginnen zu laufen.

( ).

+2

25

+3

MEMO

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

l
15
35

ER

TE
DA

45

TU
A

TIM

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

CH 5
R

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

APH

ll

l ll

GR

ll

NO
O

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

TIM
ER

NO
O

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

A
4

ll

l ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

A
4

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

Nullstellen

ll

Start

Den Knopf  drcken,


um den Stoppuhrzeiger
in Ausgangsstellung zu
bringen.

3) Messung von Additionszeiten


Start

Stop

1
3

CHR
ON

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

LEN DER

CA

lll

lllll l

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

ll

CHR
ON

20

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

ll lllll ll

3217
54

2
9 8 lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1ll 0 6
l lllll llll
llll l
lll l
l lll
l ll

25

llll llll l
l

ll

35

ll

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

15

45

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lll l
l ll
l

TU
A

lll

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

llll llll l
l

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

lllll l

APH

ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

GR

20

25

+1

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

l
15
35

( ).

+2

MEMO

TE
DA

45

+3

TU
A

ER

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

TIM

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

APH

ll

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

GR

CH 5
R

NO
O

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

ll

l ll

TIM

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

l ll

CH 5
R

A
4

ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll llll
llll l
l
lll l

A
4

NO
O

Durch Drcken von Knopf 


die Stoppuhr wiederholt
starten und anhalten:

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l l
ll lllll llll
ll ll
l ll
lll l

ll

29 31 1
28
12

1535.4

82

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

CHR

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lll
ll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

CHR

20

ll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

lllll l

lll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

ll lllll ll

1
llll llll l
l

CHR

ll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lll

lll
ll

lllll l

20

ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

ll lllll ll

ll

25

llll llll l
l

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

15
35

ll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
l ll
ll l
l
ll
l
l lll
ll

45

l
lll

TU
A

llll llll l
l

l ll

10

lll

lll l llll

lllll l

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

ll

APH

ll

9 1
0

GR

+1

20

( ).

+2

25

+3

MEMO

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

15
35

ER

TE
DA

45

TIM

5
3
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

TU
A

CH 5
R

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

l ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

AP H

ll

GR

ll

NO
O

25

+1

l
15
35

( ).

+2

MEMO

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

45

+3

TU
A

ER

TE
DA

l ll

10

TIM

lll l llll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

CH 5
R

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

AP H

ll

9 1
0

GR

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

+3

MEMO

ER

l ll

TIM

ll

NO
O

NO
O

5
3
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll

A
4

ll

l ll

Nullstellen

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll

A
4

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll

Stop

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

Wiederstart

83

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

4) Messung von Zwischenzeiten

Start

Zwischenzeit

1
3

CHR

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

ll l

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

lllll l

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l
lll
ll

ll

CHR

20

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

ll lllll ll

25

llll llll l
l

ll

15
35

ll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

45

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

TU
A

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

lll
ll

l ll

10

lll

lll l llll

llll llll l
l

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

lllll l

APH

ll

9 1
0

GR

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

20

+1

25

( ).

+2

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

l
15
35

+3

MEMO

TE
DA

45

TU
A

TIM
E

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

APH

ll

GR

CH 5
R

NO
O

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

TIM

ll

l ll

NO
O

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R

ll

l ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll llll
llll l
l
lll l

A
4

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l l
ll lllll llll
ll ll
l ll
lll l

ll

29 31 1
28
12

1535.4

Bei laufender Stoppuhr


um die Zwischenzeit

Die Zwischenzeit wird 10 Sekunden lang angezeigt. Whrend dieser Zeit luft die
Zeitmessung weiter.
Nach Ablauf der 10 Sekunden laufen die Zeiger der Stoppuhr schnell bis zur
aktuellen Zeit vor und die Messung wird in Echtzeit fortgesetzt.

84

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Stop

CHR

lll
ll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

CHR
ON

20

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

ll lllll ll

ll

lllll l

lll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

llll llll l
l

CHR

ll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

lll

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lllll l

lll
ll

ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

20

ll lllll ll

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

15
35

25

llll llll l
l

ll

TU
A

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

45

ll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

l ll

10

lll
ll

lll l llll

lll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

lllll l

APH

ll

9 1
0

GR

20

llll llll l
l

+1

( ).

+2

25

+3

MEMO

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

15
35

ER

TE
DA

45

TU
A

TIM

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

CH 5
R

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

l ll

APH

ll

GR

ll

NO
O

+1

25

( ).

+2

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

l
15
35

+3

MEMO

TE
DA

45

TU
A

TIM
E

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

APH

ll

GR

CH 5
R

NO
O

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

TIM

ll

l ll

NO
O

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
ll
lll l

A
4

ll

l ll

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l
l
l
l
llll
l
llll l
l
l
l
l
ll
lll l

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l
l
l
l
llll
l
llll l
l
l
l
l
ll
lll l

Nullstellen

29 31 1
28
12

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

29 31 1
28
12

ll

Anzeige d. Zwischenzeit/
Speichern (nach 10
Sekunden)

Knopf  drcken,
anzeigen zu lassen.

Es knnen bis zu 5 Zwischenzeiten gespeichert und spter wieder aus dem


Speicher abgerufen werden (Abruf der gespeicherten Zwischenzeiten).
Ab der 5. werden weitere Zwischenzeiten von der Uhr angezeigt, aber nicht in den
Speicher bernommen.

85

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Abruf der Zwischenzeiten aus dem Speicher

NO
O

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l
lll
ll

CHR

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

lllll l

lll

ll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

CHR

20

ll lllll ll

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

15
35

25

llll llll l
l

ll

45

ll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

TU
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

l ll

10

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

lll
ll

lll l llll

9 1
0

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

lll

APH

ll

20

GR

llll llll l
l

+1

25

( ).

+2

MEMO

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

l
15
35

TE
DA

45

TIM
E

+3

TU
A

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

CH 5
R

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

l ll

APH

ll

GR

ll

NO
O

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

TIM

NO
O

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

ll

l ll

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l
l
l
l
llll
l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

lllll l

CH 5
R

29 31 1
28
12

ll

Anfangs-Nullstellen

Zahl der
Zwischenzeiten
im Speicher

Gesp. Zeit 15'35"

Knopf  drcken,
(max. 5) aus dem
Die gespeicherten Zwischenzeiten knnen abgerufen werden, nachdem man die
Stoppuhr auf Null gestellt hat.
Den Knopf  einmal drcken, um die Anzahl der gespeicherten Zeiten aufzurufen.
Den Knopf  erneut drcken, um die Zeiten aufzurufen. Den Knopf  zweimal
drcken, um die weiteren im Speicher abgelegten Zwischenzeiten (max. 5)
aufzurufen.
Nach der letzten Datenausgabe den Knopf  drcken, um die Uhr wieder in
Anfangsstellung zurckzustellen (z. B. wenn nur zwei Zeiten gespeichert sind,

86

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

1
3

CHR

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

ll l

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

l
lll

lllll l

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

ll

CHR

20

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

ll lllll ll

ll

25

llll llll l
l

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

15
35

ll

lll
ll

45

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

TU
A

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

20

l ll

10

lll

lll l llll

llll llll l
l

-P E R P E

DEC

ll

55

lllll l

APH

ll

ll

GR

9 1
0

+1

25

( ).

+2

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

l
15
35

+3

MEMO

TE
DA

45

TU
A

TIM
E

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

AP H

ll

GR

CH 5
R

NO
O

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

ll

5
3
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

TIM

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

NO
O

l ll

CH 5
R

l ll

ll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
l ll
ll l
l
ll
l
l lll
ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

Nullstellen
4

Speicher der
Zwischenzeit

1535.4

um die Zwischenzeiten
Speicher abzurufen.
ist die zweite Zeit der letzte gespeicherte Wert). Auch wenn man den Knopf (B) nicht
drckt, stellt sich die Uhr nach 10 Sekunden automatisch in Anfangsstellung zurck.
Die Zeiten bleiben gespeichert, bis man die Stoppuhr zu einer neuen Messung
verwendet. Die Umschaltung in andere Funktionsmodi lscht die Zeiten nicht.
WICHTIG
Ein Moduswechsel whrend einer laufenden Zeitmessung der Stoppuhr lscht die
gemessene Zeit, aber nicht die gespeicherten Zwischenzeiten.

87

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

BERBLICK DER FUNKTIONSMODI DER UHR

Knopf
Stellkrone

1. Raststellung

Knopf 

Drehen der
Stellkrone

Kalender

Anfangskontrolle

.................................

.....................

Timer I

Start/Stop

Timer II

Start/Stop

Stoppuhr

Start/Stop

Einstellung
d. Wochentags

Einstellung
d. Datums

Moduswechsel

Ausgangsstellung

Knopf 

Knopf 

Countdown-Timer I
Einstellung/
Nullstellen / Initialisierung
Countdown-Timer II
Einstellung/
Nullstellen / Initialisierung
Initialisierung/
Zwischenzeit/
Abruf der Zwischenzeit
Einstellung
von Jahr/Monat

2. Raststellung ......................... ...................... ...................................

.....................
.....................
.....................
.....................
Einstellung
d. Uhrzeit

Um den Anfangskontrollmodus einzugeben den Knopf , mit der Stellkrone in der


Ausgangsstellung und mit der Anzeige des Kalendars, mehr als eine Sekunde lang
drcken.

88

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

K EINSTELLUNG DES SCHALTJAHRS


L.Y.
1
2
3

1988
1989
1990
1991

L.Y.
1
2
3

1992
1993
1994
1995

L.Y.
1
2
3

1996
1997
1998
1999

L.Y.
1
2
3

2000
2001
2002
2003

L.Y.
1
2
3

2004
2005
2006
2007

L.Y.
1
2
3

2008
2009
2010
2011

Erluterung der Tabelle


Die Schaltjahre sind als "L.Y." gekennzeichnet. Die Zahlen nennen die Anzahl Jahre,
die seit dem letzten Schaltjahr vergangen sind.
BEISPIEL
Das Jahr 1992 war ein Schaltjahr, 1993 war das erste Jahr nach einem Schaltjahr.

89

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

L HINWEISE ZUM TRAGEN DER UHR


Einsatz

Wasserdichtheit

Angabe
Ziffernblatt

Gehuse

Spritzwasser,
Schweifl,
leichter Regen,
Waschen, usw.

Schwimmen
usw.

NEIN

NEIN

WATER RESISTANT

JA

NEIN

WATER RESISTANT
50M (5bar)

WATER RESISTANT

JA

JA

WATER RESISTANT
100M (10bar)

WATER RESISTANT

JA

JA

WATER RESISTANT
200M (20bar) o pi

WATER RESISTANT

JA

JA

Die Angabe WATER RESISTANT (wasserdicht) wird gelegentlich als WATER RESIST abgekrzt.

* Bringen

Damit kein Wasser in das Uhrwerk eindringen kann, darf man die Stellkrone nie bei
nasser Uhr herausziehen.
Uhren, die fr Sportaktivitten oder zum Tauchen geeignet sind, mu man bei Kontakt
mit Salzwasser oder viel Krperschwei nach dem Gebrauch mit Swasser
abwaschen und anschlieend vollstndig abtrocknen.
Wasser kann in einigen Fllen eine Qualittsminderung der Lederbnder bewirken.

90

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

in Wasser
Tieftauchen

Tauchen

Dichtheit

NEIN

NEIN

Nicht wasserdicht. Vor Wasser und Feuchte schtzen.

NEIN

NEIN

Normal wasserdicht. Widersteht Spritzwasser, Schwei,


leichtem Regen, Waschen usw. im tglichen Gebrauch.

NEIN

NEIN

Kann zum Schwimmen eingesetzt werden, zum Tauchen


nicht empfohlen.

JA

NEIN

Zum Tauchen ohne Flaschen geeignet.

JA

JA

Sie die Stellkrone immer in ihre Normalstellung.

Zum Tieftauchen geeignet.

* Ziehen Sie dei Schraube der Stellkrone vollstndig fest.

Die inneren Bauteile der Uhr knnen Feuchtigkeit enthalten. Wenn die Auentemperatur
niedriger als die Innentemperatur ist, kann das Glas ber dem Ziffernblatt beschlagen.
Wenn diese Erscheinung nur kurz anhlt, ist sie nicht von Bedeutung. Sollte Sie dagegen
lnger andauern, so sollten Sie das Problem Ihrem Fachhndler, bei dem sie die Uhr
gekauft haben, oder dem nchsten Kundendienst mitteilen.

91

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Temperatur
Setzen Sie die Uhr nie lngerer Zeit direkter Sonneneinstrahlung aus und legen Sie sie
nicht an besonders heien oder kalten Orten ab.
Dies kann die Funktionsweise der Uhr beeintrchtigen und die Lebensdauer der Batterie
verkrzen, was einen schnelleren oder langsameren Lauf der Uhr bewirkt und auch
Auswirkungen auf ihre sonstige Funktionen hat.
Stofestigkeit
Diese Uhr widersteht allen Sten und Schlgen, die bei normalem tglichem Gebrauch
oder Sportarten ohne direkten Krperkontakt wie Golf oder Baseball auftreten.
Fllt die Uhr hingegen auf den Boden fllt oder sehr schweren Sten ausgesetzt ist,
kann sie Schaden nehmen und ihre Funktion beeintrchtigt sein.
Magnetfelder
Diese Uhr ist bis zu einer induktiven Feldstrke von 60 Gauss antimagnetisch und wird
daher durch magnetische Felder, die von blichen Haushaltsgerten erzeugt werden,
nicht beeinflut. Kommt die Uhr in sehr starke magnetische Felder, so knnen ihre
Betriebsfunktionen vorbergehend verndert sein.
Elektrostatische Aufladung
Die in der Uhr verwendeten integrierten Schaltkreise reagieren empfindlich auf
elektrostatische Aufladung. Wird die Uhr einem starken elektrischen Feld ausgesetzt,
kann die Zeitanzeige an Genauigkeit verlieren.
Chemikalien und Gase
Tragen Sie die Uhr nicht in Rumen, in denen aggressive chemische Substanzen oder
Gase vorhanden sind. Kommt die Uhr mit Lsungsmitten wie Benzol oder chemischen
Substanzen wie Benzin, Poliermittel, Waschflssigkeiten oder Klebstoffen in Berhrung,

92

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

knnen ihre Komponenten entfrben, sich auflsen oder zerbrechen.


Achten Sie besonders darauf, da Sie Chemikalien meiden.
Gehuse und Armband der Uhr knnen entfrben, wenn sie z. B. mit dem Quecksilber
eines zerbrochenen Thermometers in Berhrung kommen.
Sauberkeit der Uhr
Reinigen Sie das Uhrglas mit einem weichen, saugfhigen Tuch von Staub und
Feuchtigkeit. Wenn Sie die Uhr mit verschmutztem Gehuseboden und Band anlegen,
kann dies an den Berhrungsstellen zu Hautreizungen fhren. Halten Sie die Uhr auch
sauber, um die rmel nicht zu verschmutzen.
Reinigung des Armbandes:
Metallband: Die verschmutzten Stellen mit einer Zahnbrste und lauwarmer
Seifenlauge waschen.
Kunststoff- oder Gummiband: Mit Wasser abwaschen. Keine Lsungsmittel
verwenden.
Lederband: Die Auenseite leicht mit einem weichen und trockenen Tuch abreiben.
Zur Reinigung der Innenseite ein mit Alkohol angefeuchtetes Tuch verwenden.
Regelmige Inspektion
Wir raten Ihnen, die Uhr alle ein bis zwei Jahre von einem autorisierten Kundendienst
berprfen zu lassen. Dies sichert eine langjhrige Benutzung der Uhr, ohne das
Funktionsstrungen auftreten.
Die Batterien von Kindern fern halten
Falls eine Batterie versehentlich verschluckt wurde, unverzglich einen Arzt
verstndigen.

93

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

M TECHNISCHE DATEN
1. Typ: Analoge Quarzuhr mit Mehrfachzeigern
2. Ganggenauigkeit: 20 Sekunden pro Monat bei Normaltemperatur
(5 C 25 C / 41 F 95 F)
3. Schwingungsfrequenz des Quarz: 32.768 Hz
4. Temperaturbereich zur Benutzung: - 10 C + 60 C (14F 140 F)
5. Antrieb: Schrittmotor
6. Sonstige Eigenschaften:
Kalenderfunktion mit Zeigern
Anzeige von Jahr (Kennzeichnung v. Schaltjahren), Monat, Datum, Wochentag
(Schnellvorlauf fr Wochentagsanzeige nicht aktiviert)
Automatische Umstellung bei Schaltjahr/ Monatsende
Countdown-Timer I mit Nullstellung
Minuten/Sekunden (Max. Zeitintervall: 60 Minuten in 1-Minuten-Schritten)
Countdown-Timer II mit Nullstellung
Minuten/Sekunden (Max. Zeitintervall: 60 Minuten in 1-Minuten-Schritten)
Funktion als automatische Stoppuhr (Automatische Zeitmessung nach Ablauf des
Countdown-Zeitintervalls)
Akustisches Hinweissignal vor Ablauf des Countdown-Zeitintervalls
Stoppuhr
Zeiger fr Stunden/Minuten/Sekunden/1/10-Sekunden
(Max. angezeigte Zeit. 4 Stunden. Bei Weiterlaufen der Stoppuhr Neustart des
Minutenzeigers bei 00)
Messung von Zwischenzeiten
Speichern von Zwischenzeiten (max. Anzahl gespeicherter Zeiten: 5)
Abruf der gespeicherten Zwischenzeiten

94

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Sonstige Merkmale
Hinweissignal bei unvollstndiger Anfangseinstellung
Stoppvorrichtung des Sekundenzeigers
7. Batterie:
Typnummer : SR927W
Stck: 1
Lebensdauer der Batterie: Ca. 2 Jahre
8. Stoppuhr: 1 Std./Tag
9. Timer I: 30 Min./Tag
10. Timer II: 15 Min./Tag (Countdown-Zhler: 7,5 Min.; Stoppuhr: 7,5 Min.)
11. IC-Schaltkreise:
2 C/MOS-LSI
1 CPU
1 driver
HINWEIS:
Bei dieser Uhr wird die Lebensdauer der Batterie hauptschlich von der Hufigkeit des
Gebrauchs des Hinweissignals sowie der Warnung der abgelaufenen Countdown-Zeit
bestimmt. Je hufiger man diese Funktionen einsetzt, um so krzer ist die
Lebensdauer der Batterie.
Aufgrund techn. Verbesserungen des Produkts knnen diese Spezifikationen ohne
Vorankndigung abweichen.

95

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

96

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

INDICE

A COMPONENTI PRINCIPALI

98

B PRIMA DI USARE LOROLOGIO

99

C USO DELLOROLOGIO

102

D MODI DELLE FUNZIONI PRINCIPALI

102

E REGOLAZIONE DELLORA

104

F COME IMPOSTARE LA DATA

105

G UTILIZZO DEL CONTAMINUTI

107

H USO DEL CRONOGRAFO

113

I FUNZIONAMENTO DELLOROLOGIO

120

K IMPOSTAZIONE ANNO BISESTILE

121

L PRECAUZIONI PER LUSO E NOTIZIE UTILI

122

M DATI TECNICI

126

97

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

A COMPONENTI PRINCIPALI
1 Lancetta delle ore
2 Lancetta dei minuti
3 - Lancetta del mese
- Lancetta dei minuti del contaminuti
- Lancetta dei minuti del cronografo
4 - Lancetta della data
- Lancetta dei secondi del contaminuti
- Lancetta dei secondi del cronografo
5 - Lancetta dellanno
(identificatore degli anni bisestili)
- Lancetta delle ore del contaminuti
- Lancetta delle ore del cronografo

6 - Lancetta del modo


- Lancetta del giorno
- Cronografo 1/10 di secondo
A Pulsante
B Pulsante
Lancetta delle 24 ore
Lancetta dei secondi
C Pulsante
D Corona
1 scatto: regolazione del
calendario
2 scatto: regolazione dellorario
(regolazione iniziale)

IMPORTANTE
possibile passare al modo di regolazione del calendario, da uno qualsiasi dei modi,
svitando la corona ed estraendola di uno scatto. Estraendo la corona di due scatti si
passa al modo di regolazione dellorario. (Premere la corona in posizione normale per
tornare al modo calendario).

98

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

B PRIMA DI USARE LOROLOGIO


Far riferimento allo schema illustrativo per la posizione iniziale delle lancette i modo da
assicurare il corretto funzionamento dello stesso.
A. CONTROLLO INIZIALE
1. Conferma del modo calendario

LEN DER

43217

1
3
l

CHR

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lll

CA

LEN DER

1
3

lllll l

43217

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

ll

CA

65

65

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll
lll
ll

ll lllll ll

CHR

20

15
35

25

llll llll l
l

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

45

ll

ll

TU
A

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

l ll

10

lll

lll l llll

lllll l

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

ll

AP H

ll

9 1
0

GR

lll
ll

llll llll l
l

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

20

Controllare che la lancetta del modo sia


puntata sul modo calendario. In caso
contrario, premere e rilasciare il
pulsante finch la lancetta non sia
correttamente posizionata.

+1

Commutazione
del modo di
funzionamento

( ).

+2

25

+3

MEMO

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

l
15
35

ER

TE
DA

45

TIM

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

TU
A

CH 5
R

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

lll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

A
4

AP H

ll

GR

ll

NO
O

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

TIM

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R

NO
O

ll

lll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
lll l

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
lll l

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

Lancetta
del modo

2. Controllo iniziale

Premere e tenere premuto il pulsante


per pi di 1 secondo per far tornare
le lancette del calendario nella
posizione normale. Loperazione di
controllo iniziale completa quando le
lancette dellorologio sono posizionate
come sopra illustrato.

99

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Le lancette del calendario per anno, mese, data e giorno dovrebbero posizionarsi sulle 12
durante loperazione di controllo iniziale. Se le lancette dellorologio non si posizionano
correttamente, far riferimento alle procedure di regolazione iniziale.
Cancellazione delle operazioni di controllo iniziale
Premere uno dei pulsanti (da a ) per tornare alle impostazioni di calendario prima
del controllo. Nel caso in cui nessun pulsante sia stato premuto per oltre 10 secondi,
lorologio torner automaticamente alle impostazioni precedenti.

B. PROCEDURE DI REGOLAZIONE INIZIALE


1. Inizializzazione dellorologio
2. Operazioni di regolazione iniziale

LEN DER

lll
ll

3
l

CHR

43217

65

CA

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

LEN DER

43217

CA

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

CHR

20

ll

LEN DER

1
3

65

lllll l

lll

43217

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

ll lllll ll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

llll llll l
l

CHR
ON

ll

CA

lll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

65

lllll l

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

ll

lll
ll

20

ll lllll ll

25

llll llll l
l

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

15
35

ll

ll

45

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

TU
A

lll

l ll

10

lllll l

lll l llll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

ll

AP H

ll

9 1
0

GR

lll
ll

llll llll l
l

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

20

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

+1

lll

( ).

+2

25

+3

MEMO

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

15
35

ER

TE
DA

45

TIM

TU
A

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

CH 5
R

NO

AP H

ll

ll

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

100

Estrarre la corona di due scatti.


1) Premere i pulsanti , e
simultaneamente.
2) Loperazione di inizializzazione
dellorologio completa quando le
lancette dellanno, del mese, del

GR

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

+1

25

( ).

+2

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

l
15
35

+3

MEMO

TE
DA

45

ER

lll

TU
A

TIM

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll

A
4

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

CH 5
R

NO

AP H

ll

GR

ll

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

TIM

NO

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R
O

ll

lll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll

A
4

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll

Estrarre la corona di due scatti.


Premendo e tenendo premuto uno
qualsiasi dei pulsanti la lancetta del
calendario avanzer rapidamente.
1) Premere il pulsante e posizionare la
lancetta della data sulle 12.

giorno e della data inizieranno a


muoversi dopo circa 2 secondi dal
rilascio dei pulsanti , e .
Loperazione di inizializzazione
cos completa e verr confermata
da un segnale acustico.

2) Premere il pulsante e posizionare le


lancette del mese e dellanno sulle 12.
3) Premere il pulsante e posizionare la
lancetta del giorno sulle 12 (posizione 0.0).
4) Reinserire la corona per completare
loperazione di regolazione iniziale. La
lancetta del giorno (lancetta del modo)
puntata su Sunday (Domenica).
Vedere pag. 104 per maggiori informazioni
sulle funzioni di ciascuna delle lancette
dellorologio.

IMPORTANTE
Per garantire un corretto funzionamento, la regolazione iniziale deve essere completata
dopo la sostituzione della pila. Se la regolazione non viene portata a termine, il
calendario, il contaminuti ed il cronografo non funzioneranno correttamente.
Se la regolazione iniziale non viene completata come riportato a pag. 100, un
segnale di allarme viene attivato: la lancetta della data inizier a muoversi in
senso antiorario per indicare che loperazione di impostazione iniziale deve
essere completata.

101

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

C USO DELLOROLOGIO
Durante luso quotidiano dellorologio assicurarsi che la corona sia sempre nella sua
posizione normale. Nel caso in cui la corona dellorologio venga tenuta estratta di uno
o due scatti, si verificher uneccessiva perdita di energia della pila. Controllare
sempre che la corona si trovi nella posizione normale anche quando lorologio non
viene utilizzato.
Il calendario dellorologio non richiede nessuna regolazione a fine mese o al termine
di un anno bisestile.

D MODI DELLE FUNZIONI PRINCIPALI


Questo orologio un cronografo dotato delle seguenti funzioni:
Calendario, Contaminuti I, Contaminuti II, con cronografo e
Visualizzazione
memoria dei tempi parziali.
del modo
Premere il pulsante per selezionare
29 31 1 2
la funzione dellorologio che si
28
12
3
7
2 11 l l l l l l l l 1
ll
ll
l
desidera utilizzare.
l
l
3

20

LEN DER

18

ll

16
CHR

43217

CA

65

ll lllll ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

lll lll
l l l ll l l

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

llll llll l
l

25

ll

35

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

65

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lll

lll
ll

lllll l

15

ll

20

l ll

45

35

25

9 1
0

10

TU
A

55

l ll

lll l llll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

15

AP H

ll

l ll

10

45

GR

llll llll

24

ll

55

6
4 lllll llll 8
l
l

ll

+1

MEMO

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

+2

( ).

lll

22

ER

+3

ll l

CH 5
R

l
l
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

TIM

l llll IIII llll llll llll ll


ll lll
l ll

TE
DA

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

ll
llll l
llll

102

llll

NO
O

Commutazione del
modo di funzionamento C

lll
ll

l ll

O
MEM

ER

ll

TIM

12 1
10 l l l l l l l l l 4

CA

LEN DER

NO
O

43217

CH 5
R

Corona in posizione normale


Ogni volta che il pulsante viene premuto e rilasciato, il modo verr cambiato e
confermato da un segnale acustico.

ll

lll

18

lll lll
l l l ll l l

20

ll

16
l

CHR

l
lll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

20

18

lll lll
l l l ll l l

LEN DER

ll

16
CHR
ON

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

43217

CA

65

lll
ll

ll

16

lll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

18

lll lll
l l l ll l l

20

CA

lllll l

LEN DER

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

65

CA

20
18

lll lll
l l l ll l l

ll

16

lllll l

lll

15

ll

CHR

l ll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

ll

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

2
9 8 l l l l l l l l l 10 6
l l lll
l
l
l
l
l
l lll
l ll

15

12 1
10 l l l l l l l l l 4

TU
A

45

25

ll

l ll

CHR
ON

20

ll lllll ll

ll llll llll llll


lll llll ll
l
llll l
4 3 2lll1ll7l
llll
6 5 LENDER l llll
A
llll
l

llll llll l
l

l ll

10

Modo cronografo

9 1
0

lll l llll

35

45

DEC

ll

55

l ll

10

ll lllll ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

ll

25

ll

ll

llll llll l
l

20

lll

ll

12 1
10 l l l l l l l l l 4

43217

LEN DER

43217

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

20

ll lllll ll

65

llll llll l
l

2 23 24
21 2
2

ll

lllll l

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
35

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

ll

5
9
26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
l
l
l
l
lll
l
ll
lll l
l
l
ll
ll

l ll

12 1
10 l l l l l l l l l 4

15

9 1
0

20

25

35

TU
A

10

45

15

55

l ll

lll l llll

6
4 lllll llll 8
l
l

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

l ll

10

45

GR

llll llll

55

6
4 llll llll 8
l
l

-P E R PE
AP H

24

ll

+1

MEMO

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

( ).

+2

ll

TE
DA

+3

5
3
l l l
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

22

ER

AP H

ll

llll llll

l ll

TIM

25

ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
35

llll llll l
l

CH 5
R

NO
O

Modo Contaminuti I

GR

ll

lll

24

ll

55

+1

ll

lll
ll

( ).

+2

MEMO

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

+3

l
l
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

22

ER

TE
DA

25

TIM

l
15
35

l ll

25

ll

lll

CH 5
R

NO
O

TU
A

9 1
0

10

45

35

55

l ll

lll l llll

15

45

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

l ll

10

AP H

ll

llll llll

6
4 lllll llll 8
l
l

GR

24

ll

55

ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

lll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
25

35

ll

lllll l

15

ll

45

25

Modo calendario

35

l ll

10

TU
A

55

l ll

lll l llll

9 1
0

ll

ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

12 1
10 l l l l l l l l l 4

AP H

GR

15

6
4 llll llll 8

+1

+2

l ll

10

lll
ll

+1

MEMO

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

( ).

+2

ll

TE
DA

+3

l
l
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

MEMO

llll llll

ll

( ).

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

+3

24

ll

55

ll

ll

45

l ll

22

ER

CH 5
R

NO
O

TIM

22

ER

TE
DA

ll

lll

TIM

ll

lll
ll

l ll

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

NO
O

29 31 1
28
12

CH 5
R

5
3
l l l
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
l ll
ll l
l
ll
l
l lll
ll

ll

lll
ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

Modo Contaminuti II
I Temporizzatori I e II, le misurazioni del cronografo e le caratteristiche del cronometro
verranno cancellate ogni volta che il modo verr cambiato.

103

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

E REGOLAZIONE DELLORA
Lancetta
delle ore

Lancetta
dei minuti

20

ll

l ll

12 1
10 l l l l l l l l l 4

9 1
0

ll

lllll l

lll

lll
ll

15

25

lllll llll l
l

35

45

16

l ll

10

18

llll llll

ll

lll lll
l l l ll l l

24

ll

55

ll

ll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

22

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

l
l
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

20

ll

l ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

Lancetta
dei secondi

Lancetta
delle 24 ore

Estrarre la corona di due scatti per fermare la


lancetta dei secondi sulle 12.
Ruotare la corona per regolare lora.
Il visualizzatore delle 24 ore sincronizzato con la
lancetta delle ore. Utilizzare il visualizzatore delle 24
ore come riferimento per confermare limpostazione
dellorario a.m. e p.m.
Riportare la corona nella sua posizione normale con
lo scoccare dellora esatta.

NOTA
1) Lora viene regolata indipendentemente dalla funzione calendario. Nel caso in cui,
durante la fase di regolazione, la lancetta delle ore passasse al giorno successivo, il
calendario rimarr inalterato.
2) Per impostare lora esatta, spostare la lancetta dei minuti 4-5 minuti oltre lora
desiderata e riposizionarla sullorario desiderato.

104

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

F COME IMPOSTARE LA DATA


1) Estrarre la corona di uno scatto

LEN DER

43217

CA

65

TU
A

45

15

l ll

10

lll

CHR
ON

lll l llll

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

lllll l

AP H

ll

9 1
0

GR

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

lll
ll

+1

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

( ).

+2

MEMO

TE
DA

+3

ER

ll lllll ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

TIM

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

20

l ll

NO

25

ll

llll llll l
l

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
35

Lancetta della data

CH 5
R
O

Lancetta dellanno

ll

ll

Lancetta dei giorni

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll llll
llll l
l
lll l

Lancetta dei mesi

2) Impostazione dellanno/mese
26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

TU
A

45

15

CHR

l ll

10

lll

lll l llll

lllll l

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

ll

AP H

ll

9 1
0

GR

lll
ll

ll lllll ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

20

25

ll

llll llll l
l

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
35

Primo
anno

+1

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

( ).

+2

Secondo
anno

+3

+1

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

+2

TE
DA

( ).

ll

lll

+3

ll

lll
ll

lll

Lancetta
dellanno

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

Anno
bisestile

Terzo
anno

Lancetta dei mesi


<Identificazione dellanno bisestile>
La lancetta dellanno puntata sullanno bisestile o sul numero degli anni trascorsi
dallultimo anno bisestile. La lancetta si muove in senso orario e compie un giro ogni
4 anni.

105

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Esempio
Quando la lancetta dellanno si trova allinterno della sezione del secondo anno, come
mostrato nella figura sulla pagina precedente, essa indica che lanno corrente il
secondo anno successivo allultimo anno bisestile. Questa funzione calcola il numero di
anni che separano lanno corrente dallultimo anno bisestile. Vedere il riferimento sugli
anni bisestili (pag. 121). Premere il pulsante per far avanzare la lancetta del mese di
un mese alla volta. Premere e tenere premuto il pulsante per far avanzare la lancetta
del mese velocemente. La lancetta dellanno sincronizzata con la lancetta del mese.
3) Impostazione della data
Estrarre la corona di uno scatto.
ll

lll

5
6

7
8

9 1
0

lllll l

ll

l ll

ll l
ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

Premere il pulsante per far avanzare la lancetta della


data di un giorno per volta. Premere e tenere premuto il
pulsante per far avanzare la lancetta della data
velocemente.

lll

20

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

ll

lll
ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

4) Impostazione del giorno


Estrarre la corona di uno scatto.

lll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

lllll l

lll
ll

9 1
0

ll

MEMO

ll lllll ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

20

ER

TIM

CH 5
R

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

ll

l ll

NO
O

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll llll
llll l
l
lll l

Lancetta
dei giorni

106

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Ogni volta che il pulsante viene premuto, la


lancetta dei giorni si sposta (in senso antiorario) sul
giorno successivo. Quando la lancetta dei giorni
indica 6 (Sabato) ed il pulsante premuto, la
lancetta torner velocemente (in senso orario) su 7
(Domenica).

5) Riportare la corona nella posizione normale. Il calendario non funzioner


correttamente se la corona viene lasciata estratta di uno scatto.
Non regolare il calendario tra le 11 p.m. e l1 a.m. Limpostazione del calendario in
questo arco di tempo pu risultare inesatta. Le caratteristiche del calendario
dellorologio non richiedono nessun tipo di correzione manuale al termine del mese
o durante un anno bisestile:
Esempio
Impostazione del mese: 30 nov-1 dic avanza automaticamente
Impostazione dellanno: 29 feb-1 mar (anno bisestile) avanza automaticamente
28 feb-1 mar (anno comune) avanza automaticamente

G UTILIZZO DEL CONTAMINUTI


I due modi contaminuti (I e II) possono essere utilizzati indipendentemente uno
dallaltro. La lancetta di modo viene utilizzata per passare da un contaminuti allaltro.
A. Uso del Contaminuti I
Il contaminuti pu essere impostato fino ad un massimo di 60 minuti
Una volta regolato, limpostazione rimarr nel contaminuti fino a quando una nuova
impostazione non venga effettuata.

107

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

1) Impostazione del Contaminuti I


Lancetta dei secondi del contaminuti
26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

CHR
ON

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

15

45

lll

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

TU
A

lllll l

l ll

10

ll lllll ll

ll

llll llll l
l

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
25

35

9 1
0

lll l llll

lll
ll

-P E R P E

DEC

ll

55

ll

APH

ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

GR

20

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

MEMO

TE
DA

( ).

+2

+3

TIM
E

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

A Avvio/Arresto

l ll

CH 5
R

Commutazione del modo di C


funzionamento di modo

ll

lll

NO
O

Lancetta delle ore


del contaminuti

ll

lll
ll

Lancetta modo

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

B Impostazione/Ritorno a zero/
Inizializzazione

Lancetta dei minuti del contaminuti


Premere il pulsante per spostare la lancetta sul modo Contaminuti I. Quando il
modo contaminuti stato selezionato, la lancetta dei secondi del contaminuti
avanzer velocemente sulla posizione selezionata nellultima impostazione dello
stesso.
La posizione della lancetta dei minuti del contaminuti la stessa per indicare sia 0
che 60 minuti.
Per sapere quale dei due valori considerare, verificare la posizione della lancetta delle
ore del contaminuti.
Quando la lancetta delle ore del contaminuti sullo 0, la lancetta dei minuti del
contaminuti indica 0 minuti.
Quando la lancetta delle ore del contaminuti sull1, la lancetta dei minuti del
contaminuti indica 60 minuti.

108

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

2) Impostazione del contaminuti

15

CHR

45

ll l

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

TU
A

lllll l

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

lll
ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

ll

APH

ll

GR

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

ll lllll ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

+3

20

ll

l ll

Lancetta dei minuti del contaminuti Lancetta delle ore del contaminuti

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

25

GR

ll

lll l llll

l ll

10

TU
A

55

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

TE
DA

llll llll l
l

CHR

AP H

15

45

25

ll

35

+3

( ).

+2

+1

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

ll

35

Premere il pulsante per far avanzare la lancetta del


contaminuti di un minuto alla volta. Quando il contaminuti
supera i 60 minuti, la lancetta avanza in senso antiorario
(movimento di ritorno 0-60 minuti). Questo stesso
movimento si verifica con la lancetta dellora tra 0-1.

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll llll
llll l
l
lll l

lll lll
l l l ll l l

JUN
55

10

TU
A

-P E R PE

DEC

l l l l l l l l ll l
l
ll l

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

CHR

AP H

15
25

ll

35

+3

( ).

+2

+1

45

TE
DA

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

GR

lll lll
l l l ll l l

JUN

3) Avvio/Arresto del contaminuti


ll

lll

ll l

CHR

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

TU
A

15

lllll l

l ll

10

45

ll lllll ll

ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
25

35

9 1
0

lll l llll

ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

lll
l llll

APH

ll

20

GR

llll llll l
l

l llll llll llll llll llll lll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

l ll

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

+3

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

26
8ll lll l l l l l l l l ll ll1lll l0ll
l ll
ll l
l
ll
lll l
l
l lll
ll

ll

lll
ll

A
4

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

Premere il pulsante per avviare il contaminuti dopo averlo


impostato. Si avvertir un segnale acustico che segnala
lavvio. Una volta avviato, la lancetta dei minuti del
contaminuti avanza in senso antiorario per un minuto e la
lancetta dei secondi avanza in senso orario ogni secondo.
Ogni volta che la lancetta dei secondi del contaminuti
raggiunge lo 0, la lancetta dei minuti del contaminuti avanza
in senso antiorario ad invervalli di un minuto.

109

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

4) Arresto del contaminuti


Un segnale acustico di conferma della durata di 10 secondi avviser della fine del
tempo impostato. Al termine del segnale, le lancette del contaminuti si riposizioneranno
velocemente sui valori di default.
I valori di impostazione del contaminuti rimangono inalterati fin quando non vengano
reimpostati manualmente, anche quando venga utilizzato un modo differente.
Funzione di ritorno a zero
La funzione di ritorno a zero viene usata per reimpostare il contaminuti in qualsiasi
momento una volta che il contaminuti sia stato avviato.

ll

lll

CHR

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

15

45

lll

l
lll

TU
A

lllll l

l ll

10

ll lllll ll

ll

llll llll l
l

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
25

35

9 1
0

lll l llll

ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

APH

ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

GR

20

l ll

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

+3

5
3
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
l ll
ll l
l
ll
l
l lll
ll

ll

lll
ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

Premere il pulsante in qualsiasi momento durante il


funzionamento del contaminuti, verr emesso un segnale
acustico di conferma ed il contaminuti si riavvier
dallimpostazione effettuata inzialmente. Il contaminuti si
riavvia premendo il pulsante . Lorologio calcoler
automaticamente il tempo impiegato per il ritorno delle
lancette del contaminuti in posizione e si riposizioner di
conseguenza.
Reimpostazione del contaminuti
Premere il pulsante quando il contaminuti in fase di
arresto per reimpostarlo.

IMPORTANTE
Cambiare modo mentre il Contaminuti I attivo cancella la registrazione. Le impostazioni
del contaminuti rimangono invariate.

110

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

B. Utilizzo del Contaminuti II


Il contaminuti pu essere impostato in minuti fino ad un tempo massimo di 60 minuti.
Il contaminuti II passa automaticamente al modo cronografo quando il tempo del
contaminuti II terminato.
Un segnale di avvertimento preceder lo scadere del tempo impostato seguito da un
altro segnale acustico allo scadere del tempo.
1) Impostazione del Contaminuti II
Lancetta dei secondi del cronografo
26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

CHR

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

15

45

lll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

TU
A

lllll l

l ll

10

ll lllll ll

ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
25

35

9 1
0

lll l llll

lll
ll

-P E R P E

DEC

ll

55

ll

APH

ll

llll llll l
l

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

GR

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

20

TIM

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

A Pulsante Avvio/Arresto

l ll

CH 5
R

NO

Commutazione del modo di C


funzionamento di modo

ll

lll

Lancetta delle ore


del contaminuti

ll

lll
ll

Lancetta modo

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

B Pulsante di Impostazione/
Ritorno a zero/Inizializzazione

Lancetta dei minuti del contaminuti


Premere il pulsante per spostare la lancetta sul modo Contaminuti II.
Le posizioni delle lancette del contaminuti sono:
Lancetta dei secondi del contaminuti: la lancetta dei secondi avanza velocemente e si
ferma sulle 12.
Lancette dei minuti/ore del contaminuti: queste due lancette avanzano velocemente e
si fermano entrambe sullultima posizione impostata per il contaminuti.

111

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

2) Impostazione/Avvio/Arresto del contaminuti


Le funzioni dei temporizzatori I e II sono le stesse. Vedere le caratteristiche tecniche per
maggiori dettagli sul Contaminuti I.
3) Arresto e funzione del cronografo automatico (solo Contaminuti II)
Al termine di una temporizzazione, un segnale di fine operazione suoner per 2
secondi, lorologio passer in modo cronografo e la misurazione avr inizio.
(Funzione di cronografo automatico).
Un segnale di avvertimento di fine operazione suoner una volta ai seguenti intervalli:
5, 3 ed 1 minuto prima dello scadere del tempo ed ogni 10 secondi da 50 fino a 10
secondi. Infine suoner ogni secondo da 5 a 1 secondo prima dello scadere del tempo.

Avvio

Avvio del cronografo

Per maggiori dettagli


sulle caratteristiche del
cronografo vedere il
capitolo sul cronografo

Segnale di tempo scaduto (2 secondi)


Tempo scaduto

IMPORTANTE
Cambiare modo mentre il Contaminuti II attivo cacella la temporizzazione.
Le impostazioni del contaminuti rimangono invariate.

112

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

H USO DEL CRONOGRAFO


Il cronografo in grado di misurare fino a 4 ore con incrementi di 1/10 di secondo. Il
visualizzatore del cronografo ritorna automaticamente su 00 continuando la
registrazione anche quando il limite delle 4 ore viene superato. La lancetta dei decimi
di secondo si ferma allo scadere del primo minuto di registrazione sulla posizione 00
secondi. La misurazione dei decimi di secondo si arresta immediatamente al premere
del pulsante e viene visualizzata sullorologio.
1) Impostazione del modo cronografo
Lancetta dei secondi del cronografo

TU
A

45

15

CHR

l ll

10

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lll l llll

lll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

-P E R P E

DEC

ll

55

lllll l

APH

ll

ll lllll ll

ll

llll llll l
l

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
25

35

9 1
0

GR

ll

MEMO

lll
ll

+1

( ).

+2

+3

20

ER

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

TIM

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

l ll

A Pulsante Avvio/Arresto

CH 5
R

TE
DA

ll

Lancetta delle ore


del cronografo

NO
O

Lancetta 1/10 secondo del


cronografo/Lancetta di modo

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll llll
llll l
ll ll l

B Pulsante tempo
parziale/inizializzazione

Lancetta dei minuti del contaminuti


Premere il pulsante per posizionare la lancetta di modo sul modo cronografo.
Le lancette dei decimi di secondo, dei secondi, dei minuti e delle ore del cronografo si
fermeranno sulle 12 non appena la lancetta di modo verr posizionata sul modo
cronografo (posizione di inizializzazione).

113

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

2) Procedure di utilizzo generali

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

1
3

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

CHR
ON

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

1
3

lllll l

lll

ll

LEN DER

CHR

lll
ll

20

CA

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

CHR

CHR

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

lll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

lllll l

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

ll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l
l

ll lllll ll

CHR
ON

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

25

llll llll l
l

ll lllll ll

3217
54

2
9 8 lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1ll 0 6
l lllll llll
llll l
lll l
l lll
l ll

15
35

ll

20

45

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

ll

llll llll l
l

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

TU
A

llll llll l
l

ll

l ll

10

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lll l llll

lll

ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lll

lll
ll

lllll l

20

ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

lll
ll

ll lllll ll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lll l
l ll
l

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

lllll l

APH

ll

ll

GR

llll llll l
l

llll llll l
l

9 1
0

+1

MEMO

( ).

+2

+3

ER

A
6

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

TIM

20

ll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

20

9 1
0

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

25

CH 5
R

TE
DA

l
15
35

ll

45

9 1
0

TU
A

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

l ll

10

TE
DA

lll l llll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

APH

ll

25

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

GR

15
35

l ll

45

NO
O

MEMO

+1

TU
A

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

NO
O

( ).

+2

l ll

10

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll llll
llll l
l
lll l
l

l ll

CH 5
R

ER

+3

lll l llll

ll

-P E R P E

DEC

ll

55

Premere il pulsante
per reimpostare le
lancette del cronografo
dellorologio.

A
4

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l l
ll lllll llll
ll ll
l ll
lll l

TIM

AP H

ll

Arresto

29 31 1
28
12

GR

1535.4
Premere il pulsante
nuovamente per
bloccare lavanzamento.

3) Misurazione del tempo trascorso


Avvio
Premere il pulsante per
ripetere il ciclo di avvio e
arresto del cronografo.

+1

25

( ).

+2

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

15
35

+3

TE
DA

45

TU
A

MEMO

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

ER

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

APH

ll

l ll

GR

CH 5
R

TIM

ll

NO
O

+1

Premere il pulsante per


avviare la misurazione.Tutte
le lancette del cronografo
inizieranno a muoversi.

( ).

+2

25

+3

MEMO

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

l
15
35

ER

TE
DA

45

TU
A

TIM

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

CH 5
R

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

APH

ll

l ll

GR

ll

NO
O

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

TIM
ER

NO
O

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

A
4

ll

l ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

A
4

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

Inizializzazione

lllll l

Stop

ll

Avvio

1535.4

114

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

CHR

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lll
ll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

CHR

20

ll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

lllll l

lll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

ll lllll ll

1
llll llll l
l

CHR

ll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lll

lll
ll

lllll l

20

ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

ll lllll ll

ll

15
35

25

llll llll l
l

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

45

ll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
l ll
ll l
l
ll
l
l lll
ll

TU
A

l
lll

l ll

10

llll llll l
l

lll l llll

lll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

lllll l

APH

ll

9 1
0

GR

+1

20

( ).

+2

25

+3

MEMO

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

15
35

ER

TE
DA

45

TIM

5
3
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

TU
A

CH 5
R

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

l ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

AP H

ll

GR

ll

NO
O

25

+1

l
15
35

( ).

+2

MEMO

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

45

+3

TU
A

ER

TE
DA

l ll

10

TIM

lll l llll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

CH 5
R

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

AP H

ll

9 1
0

GR

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

+3

MEMO

ER

l ll

TIM

ll

NO
O

NO
O

5
3
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll

A
4

ll

l ll

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l
l
l
l
llll
l
llll l
lll
l
l
l
l
l
ll

A
4

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l
l
l
l
llll
l
llll l
lll
l
l
l
l
l
ll

Inizializzazione

29 31 1
28
12

ll

Arresto

29 31 1
28
12

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

Riavvio

115

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

4) Misurazione dei tempi parziali

Tempo parziale

1
3

CHR

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lllll l

ll l

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

1
3

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

ll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l
lll
ll
l

CHR

20

ll lllll ll

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

15
35

25

llll llll l
l

ll

45

ll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

TU
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

l ll

10

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

lll
ll

lll l llll

llll llll l
l

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

lll

APH

ll

9 1
0

GR

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

20

+1

25

( ).

+2

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

l
15
35

+3

MEMO

TE
DA

45

TU
A

TIM
E

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

APH

ll

GR

CH 5
R

NO
O

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

TIM

ll

l ll

NO
O

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R

ll

l ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll llll
llll l
l
lll l

A
4

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l l
ll lllll llll
ll ll
l ll
lll l

lllll l

29 31 1
28
12

ll

Avvio

1535.4
Premere il pulsante
tra la misurazione
ed il rilascio.

Il tempo parziale viene visualizzato per 10 secondi durante i quali la misurazione


continua.
Al termine dei 10 secondi, le lancette del cronografo avanzeranno velocemente sulla
posizione del tempo attuale e la misurazione proseguir in tempo reale.

116

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

CHR

lll
ll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

CHR
ON

20

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

ll lllll ll

ll

lllll l

lll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

llll llll l
l

CHR

ll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

lll

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lllll l

lll
ll

ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

20

ll lllll ll

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

15
35

25

llll llll l
l

ll

TU
A

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

45

ll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

l ll

10

lll
ll

lll l llll

lll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

lllll l

APH

ll

9 1
0

GR

20

llll llll l
l

+1

( ).

+2

25

+3

MEMO

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

15
35

ER

TE
DA

45

TU
A

TIM

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

CH 5
R

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

l ll

APH

ll

GR

ll

NO
O

+1

25

( ).

+2

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

l
15
35

+3

MEMO

TE
DA

45

TU
A

TIM
E

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

APH

ll

GR

CH 5
R

NO
O

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

TIM

ll

l ll

NO
O

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
ll
lll l

A
4

ll

l ll

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l
l
l
l
llll
l
llll l
l
l
l
l
ll
lll l

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l
l
l
l
llll
l
llll l
l
l
l
l
ll
lll l

Inizializzazione

29 31 1
28
12

ll

Arresto

29 31 1
28
12

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

Visualizzatori rilascio tempo


parziale/registrazione (dopo
10 secondi)

per la selezione
del tempo parziale

possibile registrare fino a 5 tempi parziali e richiamarli successivamente dalla


memoria. (Richiamo dei tempi parziali dalla memoria).
Un qualsiasi tempo parziale successivo ai primi 5 verr visualizzato sullorologio ma
non sar ritenuto in memoria.

117

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Richiamo dei tempi parziali dalla memoria

NO
O

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

CHR

lll
ll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

lllll l

lll

ll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

CHR

20

ll lllll ll

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

15
35

25

llll llll l
l

ll

45

ll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

TU
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

l ll

10

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

lll
ll

lll l llll

9 1
0

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

lll

APH

ll

20

GR

llll llll l
l

+1

25

( ).

+2

MEMO

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

l
15
35

TE
DA

45

TIM
E

+3

TU
A

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

CH 5
R

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

l ll

APH

ll

GR

ll

NO
O

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

TIM

NO
O

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

ll

l ll

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l
l
l
l
llll
l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

lllll l

CH 5
R

29 31 1
28
12

ll

Inizializzazione

Numero di richiamo
del tempo parziale
dalla memoria

N. Memoria 1535

Premere il pulsante
i dati dei tempi parziali
I dati dei tempi parziali sono richiamati dalla memoria dellorologio dopo aver
reimpostato il cronografo.
Premere il pulsante una volta per richiamare il numero dei dati in memoria.
Premere il pulsante nuovamente per richiamare i dati. Premere il pulsante due
volte per visualizzare i successivi dati in memoria fino ad un massimo di 5 tempi
parziali.
Premere il pulsante al termine dellultimo inserimento di dati e lorologio torner in
modo di inizializzazione. (Per esempio, se sono stati registrati solamente 2 dati, il

118

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Memoria del tempo


parziale

1
3

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

CHR

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
l ll
ll l
l
ll
l
l lll
ll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

CHR

l
lll

ll l

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

lllll l

ll lllll ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

ll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

20

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

ll lllll ll

ll

25

llll llll l
l

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

35

ll

lll
ll

15

45

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

20

TU
A

lll

l ll

10

lllll l

lll l llll

llll llll l
l

-P E R P E

DEC

ll

55

ll

APH

ll

9 1
0

GR

+1

25

( ).

+2

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

l
15
35

+3

MEMO

TE
DA

45

TU
A

TIM
E

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

5
3
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

AP H

ll

GR

CH 5
R

NO
O

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

TIM

ll

l ll

NO
O

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R

ll

l ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

Inizializzazione

1535.4

per richiamare
(massimo 5) dalla memoria.
secondo rappresenta lultima registrazione). Anche se il pulsante non viene premuto,
lorologio torner automaticamente nel modo di inizializzazione dopo 10 secondi.
I dati memorizzati rimangono in memoria fin quando il cronografo non venga utilizzato
per unaltra misurazione. Il passaggio ad un altro modo non cancella i dati in memoria.
IMPORTANTE
Il passaggio da un modo ad un altro durante la registrazione con cronografo canceller
le misurazioni ma non canceller le registrazioni dei tempi parziali in memoria.

119

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

FUNZIONAMENTO DELLOROLOGIO

Pulsante
Corona

Pulsante

Posizione
normale

Primo scatto
Secondo
scatto

Cambio di modo

Calendario

Pulsante

Pulsante

Rotazione
della corona

Controllo
iniziale

.................................

.....................

Contaminuti I
Contaminuti I Avvio/Arresto Impostazione/Ritorno a zero/ .....................
Inizializzazione
Contaminuti II
Contaminuti II Avvio/Arresto Impostazione/Ritorno a zero/ .....................
Inizializzazione
Inizializzazione/
.....................
Cronografo Avvio/Arresto
Tempo parziale/
Richiamo tempo parziale

Impostazione
giorno

Impostazione
data

Impostazione
anno/mese

.....................

......................... ...................... ................................... Impostazione


ora

Premere il pulsante per oltre un secondo con la corona in posizione normale ed


il calendario visualizzato, per immettere il modo di controllo iniziale.

120

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

K IMPOSTAZIONE ANNO BISESTILE


L.Y.
1
2
3

1988
1989
1990
1991

L.Y.
1
2
3

1992
1993
1994
1995

L.Y.
1
2
3

1996
1997
1998
1999

L.Y.
1
2
3

2000
2001
2002
2003

L.Y.
1
2
3

2004
2005
2006
2007

L.Y.
1
2
3

2008
2009
2010
2011

Come leggere la tabella


Gli anni bisestili sono indicati da L.Y., i numeri indicano il numero degli anni trascorsi
dallultimo anno bisestile.
ESEMPIO
Il 1992 sar un anno bisestile ed il 1993 sar il primo anno dopo lanno bisestile.

121

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

L PRECAUZIONI PER LUSO E NOTIZIE UTILI


Uso in

Grado di
impermeabilit

Indicazione
Quadrante

Cassa

Spruzzi, sudore,
pioggia leggera,
abluzioni, ecc.

Nuoto ecc.

NO

NO

WATER RESISTANT

SI

NO

WATER RESISTANT
50M (5bar)

WATER RESISTANT

SI

SI

WATER RESISTANT
100M (10bar)

WATER RESISTANT

SI

SI

WATER RESISTANT
200M (20bar) o pi

WATER RESISTANT

SI

SI

Lindicazione WATER RESISTANT (impermeabile) pu essere a volte abbreviata in WATER RESIST.


Per evitare che lacqua entri nei meccanismi interni dellorologio, la corona non deve
mai essere tirata fuori quando lorologio bagnato.
Se gli orologi che sono stati concepiti per lo sport o per funzionare in acqua vengono
esposti allacqua salata o ad abbondante sudore, devono essere risciaquati con
acqua dolce e quindi completamente asciugati.
Lacqua pu in taluni casi provocare un deterioramento della qualit di alcuni cinturini
in cuoio.

122

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

acqua
Immersione

Immersione
in profondit

Caratteristiche di
impermeabilit

NO

NO

Non impermeabile. Va protetto da acqua ed umidit.

NO

NO

Impermeabilit normale. Resiste a spruzzi, sudore,


pioggia leggera, abluzioni ecc. durante luso quotidiano.

NO

NO

Utilizzabile durante il nuoto ma sconsigliato per


immersioni

SI

NO

Adatto ad immersioni poco impegnative.

SI

SI

Adatto ad immersioni impegnative in profondit.

* Portare sempre la corona nella sua posizione normale.

* Stringere del tutto la vite della corona.

Le parti interne dellorologio possono trattenere umidit, quando la temperatura esterna


pi bassa di quella interna, il vetro del quadrante a volte pu appannarsi. Se il
fenomeno momentaneo, ci non crea alcun problema, ma se invece perdura a lungo,
occorre far presente il problema al negoziante presso cui lorologio stato acquistato o al
Centro di Assistenza Autorizzato pi vicino.

123

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Temperatura
Non lasciare lorologio sotto i raggi diretti del sole o in luoghi estremamente caldi o
estremamente freddi per un lungo periodo di tempo.
Ci potrebbe infatti creare degli inconvenienti al funzionamento dellorologio ed
accorciare la durata della batteria, provocando anche un rallentamento o
unaccelerazione dellorologio e conseguenze sulle altre funzioni.
Urti
Questo orologio pu sopportare gli urti e gli scossoni che normalmente avvengono
durante luso quotidiano ed anche quando si pratichino sport in cui non ci sia contatto
diretto, quali golf e baseball. Se lorologio cade per terra o riceve colpi molto forti, pu
subire danni o guasti al funzionamento.
Campi magnetici
Questo orologio antimagnetico fino a 60 gauss e quindi non viene influenzato dai
campi magnetici prodotti dai normali elettrodomestici. Se viene usato nelle vicinanze di
campi magnetici molto forti, le sue funzioni possono venire momentaneamente alterate.
Elettricit statica
I circuiti integrati usati nellorologio sono sensibili allelettricit statica. Se lorologio viene
esposto a intensa elettricit, lindicazione del tempo pu perdere in precisione.
Sostanze chimiche e gas
Non indossare lorologio quando ci si trova in presenza di forti sostanze chimiche e di
gas. Se lorologio viene a contatto di solventi, come benzene, oppure con prodotti
contenenti sostanze come benzina, lucidi, detergenti, adesivi, le sue parti possono
scolorarsi, dissolversi o spaccarsi.

124

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Fare particolare attenzione ad evitare le sostanze chimiche.


La cassa dellorologio e il cinturino possono scolorirsi se vengono a contatto con il
mercurio di un termometro rotto o di altra provenienza.
Tenere lorologio pulito
Strofinare con un panno soffice assorbente il terriccio e lumidit dal vetro dellorologio.
Se lorologio viene indossato quando il retro della cassa e la cinghia sono sporchi,
questi possono provocare unirritazione cutanea in quanto a contatto diretto con la
pelle. Tenere lorologio pulito anche per non sporcarsi i polsini.
Come pulire il cinturino.
Cinturino in metallo: Lavare le zone sporche con uno spazzolino da denti bagnato
con acqua tiepida saponata.
Cinturino in plastica o in gomma: Lavare con acqua. Non usare solvente.
Cinturino in cuoio: Strofinare delicatamente sul lato frontale con un panno soffice ed
asciutto. Per la pulizia del lato opposto, servirsi di un panno inumidito con alcool.
Ispezione periodica
Si raccomanda di far controllare da un centro assistenza autorizzato, lorologio ogni
uno o due anni per assicurare un uso prolungato e senza problemi.
Tenete le batterie fuori portata dei bambini
Qualora una batteria fosse accidentalmente ingerita, consultate subito il medico.

125

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

M CARATTERISTICHE TECNICHE
1. Tipo: Orologio analogico al quarzo a lancette multiple
2. Precisione: 20 secondi al mese con temperature normali (5C 25C/41F 95F)
3. Frequenza di oscillazione del quarzo: 32.768 Hz
4. Campo di funzionamento: -10C 60C (14F 140F)
5. Azionamento: motore passo-passo
6. Caratteristiche supplementari
Calendario con visualizzatore a lancetta
Visualizzatore anno (identificatore anno bisestile), mese, data, giorno (avanzamento
veloce non attivo per la visualizzazione del giorno)
Regolazione automatica per anno bisestile/ultimo giorno del mese
Contaminuti I con funzione di ritorno a zero
Minuti/Secondi (impostazione massima: 60 minuti ad intervalli di 1 minuto)
Contaminuti II con funzione di ritorno a zero
Minuti/Secondi (impostazione massima: 60 minuti ad intervalli di 1 minuto)
Funzione di cronografo automatico (il cronografo avvia la misurazione
automaticamente al termine della sessione di registrazione)
Segnale di avvertimento di fine tempo prima del termine della sessione di
registrazione
Cronografo
Lancette delle ore/minuti/secondi/decimi di secondo
(Tempo massimo di visualizzazione: 4 ore. Se non viene bloccato, il contaminuti
ricomincer da 00)
Misurazione tempo parziale

126

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Memorizzazione del tempo parziale (numero massimo di immissioni: 5)


Richiamo dei dati dei tempi parziali memorizzati
Altre caratteristiche
Segnale di avvertimento di regolazione iniziale incompleta
Dispositivo di arresto della lancetta dei secondi
7. Pila:
Numero di codice: SR927W
Quantit: 1
Durata della batteria: circa 2 anni
8. Cronografo: 1 h/giorno
9. Contaminuti I: 30 min/giorno
10. Contaminuti II: 15 min/giorno (contaminuti: 7,5 min; cronografo: 7,5 min)
11. Circuiti integrati
2C/MOS-LSI
1 CPU
1 driver
NOTA
Per questo orologio, la durata della pila dipende dallutilizzo dei segnali di avvertimento
e di fine tempo del contaminuti. Maggiore lutilizzo di queste funzioni minore la
durata della pila.
Per il miglioramento del prodotto, le specifiche possono subire modifiche senza preavviso.

127

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

128

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

INDICE

A COMPONENTES PRINCIPALES

130

B ANTES DE USAR EL RELOJ

131

C USO DEL RELOJ

133

D FUNCIONES PRINCIPALES

133

E REGULACION DE LA HORA

135

F COMO PROGRAMAR LA FECHA

136

G USO DEL CUENTAMINUTOS

138

H USO DEL CRONOGRAFO

144

I FUNCIONAMIENTO DEL RELOJ

150

K PROGRAMACION DEL ANO BISIESTO

151

L PRECAUCIONES PARA EL USO E INFORMACIONES UTILES

152

M DATOS TECNICOS

156

129

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

A COMPONENTES PRINCIPALES
1 Horario
2 Minutero
3 Aguja del mes
Minutero del cuentaminutos
Minutero del crongrafo
4 Aguja de la fecha
Segundero del cuentaminutos
Segundero del crongrafo
5 Aguja del ao
(identificador de los aos bisiestos)
Horario del cuentaminutos
Horario del crongrafo

6 Aguja de la funcin
Aguja del da
Crongrafo de 1/10 de segundo
A Botn
B Botn
Aguja de las 24 horas
Aguja de los segundos
C Botn
D Corona
1 posicin: regulacin del calendario
2 posicin: regulacin del horario
(regulacin inicial)

IMPORTANTE
Desde cualquier funcin se puede pasar a la modalidad de regulacin del calendario
extrayendo la corona de una posicin. Extrayendo la corona de dos posiciones se
pasa a la modalidad de regulacin del horario (para volver a la funcin calendario,
empuje la corona hasta su posicin normal).

130

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

B ANTES DE USAR EL RELOJ


Para asegurar el correcto funcionamiento del reloj, use como referencia el esquema
ilustrado con la posicin inicial de las agujas.
A CONTROL INICIAL
1. Confirmacin de la funcin calendario

LEN DER

43217

1
3
l

CHR

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lll

CA

LEN DER

1
3

lllll l

43217

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

ll

CA

65

65

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll
lll
ll

ll lllll ll

CHR

20

15
35

25

llll llll l
l

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

45

ll

ll

TU
A

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

l ll

10

lll

lll l llll

lllll l

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

ll

AP H

ll

9 1
0

GR

lll
ll

llll llll l
l

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

+1

20

( ).

+2

25

+3

MEMO

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

l
15
35

ER

TE
DA

45

TIM

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

TU
A

CH 5
R

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

lll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

A
4

AP H

ll

GR

ll

NO
O

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

TIM

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R

NO
O

ll

lll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
lll l

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
lll l

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

Aguja de
la funcin

2. Control inicial

Conmutacin
de la funcin

Controle que la aguja de la funcin


indique la funcin calendario. En caso
contrario, presione y suelte el botn
hasta que dicha aguja se coloque en la
posicin correcta.

Para que las agujas del calendario vuelvan


a la posicin normal, presione y mantenga
presionado el botn durante ms de un
segundo. La operacin de control inicial se
habr completado cuando las agujas del
reloj estn ubicadas en la posicin
ilustrada ms arriba.

131

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Durante las operaciones de control inicial, las agujas del calendario que indican ao, mes,
fecha y da deberan ubicarse en las 12. Si las agujas no se colocan en dicha posicin,
tome como referencia los procedimientos de regulacin inicial.
Cancelacin de las operaciones de control inicial
Para volver a las programaciones de calendario previas al control, apriete uno de los
botones (desde hasta ). Si no se presiona ningn botn por ms de 10 segundos, el
reloj volver automticamente a las programaciones precedentes.

B. PROCEDIMIENTOS DE REGULACION INICIAL


1. Inicializacin del reloj
2. Operaciones de regulacin inicial

LEN DER

lll
ll

3
l

CHR

43217

65

CA

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

LEN DER

43217

CA

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

CHR

20

ll

LEN DER

1
3

65

lllll l

lll

43217

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

ll lllll ll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

llll llll l
l

CHR
ON

ll

CA

lll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

65

lllll l

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

ll

lll
ll

20

ll lllll ll

25

llll llll l
l

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

15
35

ll

ll

45

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

TU
A

lll

l ll

10

lllll l

lll l llll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

ll

AP H

ll

9 1
0

GR

lll
ll

llll llll l
l

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

20

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

+1

lll

( ).

+2

25

+3

MEMO

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

15
35

ER

TE
DA

45

TIM

TU
A

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

CH 5
R

NO

AP H

ll

ll

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

132

Extraiga la corona por dos posiciones


1) Presione simultneamente los
botones , y .
2) La operacin de inicializacin del
reloj se habr completado cuando
las agujas del ao, mes, da y fecha

GR

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

+1

25

( ).

+2

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

l
15
35

+3

MEMO

TE
DA

45

ER

lll

TU
A

TIM

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll

A
4

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

CH 5
R

NO

AP H

ll

GR

ll

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

TIM

NO

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R
O

ll

lll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll

A
4

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll

Extraiga la corona de dos posiciones.


Apretando y manteniendo apretado uno
cualquiera de los botones, la aguja del
calendario avanzar rpidamente.
1) Apriete el botn y coloque la aguja
de la fecha en las 12.

comiencen a moverse unos dos


segundos despus que se sueltan
los botones , y .
De este modo la operacin de
inicializacin est completa y ser
confirmada por una seal acstica.

2) Apriete el botn y coloque las agujas


del mes y del ao en las 12.
3) Apriete el botn y coloque la aguja del
da en las 12 (posicin 0.0.).
4) Para completar la operacin de regulacin
inicial, empuje y coloque nuevamente la
corona en su posicin. La aguja del da
(aguja de la funcin) debe indicar Sunday
(Domingo).
Para mayores informaciones acerca de las
funciones de cada aguja del reloj, vase la
pg. 136.

IMPORTANTE
Para garantizar un funcionamiento correcto, la regulacin inicial debe completarse
despus de la substitucin de la pila. Si la regulacin no se concluye, el calendario, el
cuentaminutos y el crongrafo no podrn funcionar correctamente.
Si la regulacin inicial no se completa de la manera ilustrada en la pgina 132, se
activar un seal de alarma: la aguja de la fecha comenzar a moverse en
sentido antihorario para indicar que an no est completa la operacin de
programacin inicial.

133

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

C USO DEL RELOJ


Durante el uso cotidiano del reloj, controle que la corona se encuentre siempre en su
posicin normal. Si la corona del reloj se mantiene extrada de una o dos posiciones,
se verificar una prdida excesiva de energa de la pila. Controle siempre que la
corona se encuentre en la posicin normal, incluso cuando el reloj no se utiliza.
El calendario del reloj no requiere ninguna regulacin ni a fin de mes ni cuando se
concluye un ao bisiesto.

D FUNCIONES PRINCIPALES
Este reloj es un crongrafo dotado de las siguientes funciones:
Calendario, Cuentaminutos I, Cuentaminutos II, con
Visualizacin
crongrafo y memoria de los tiempos parciales.
de la funcin
Para seleccionar la funcin del reloj que desee
29 31 1
utilizar, apriete el botn .
28
12
7

18

lll lll
l l l ll l l

20

ll

CHR

llll llll l
l

LEN DER

43217

ll lllll ll

ll

CA

65

CA

16

25

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

65

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

lll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lllll l

lll
ll

ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

l ll

15
35

25

45

35

9 1
0

10

TU
A

55

l ll

lll l llll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

AP H

ll

15

GR

l ll

10

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

+1

llll llll

45

TE
DA

+2

MEMO

24

ll

55

6
4 lllll llll 8
l
l

( ).

ll

22

ER

+3

20

TIM

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

CH 5
R

NO
O

Conmutacin
de la funcin C

l lllll l

ll

lll
ll

l
l
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

O
MEM

l ll

134

2
3
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll llll
ll ll l

ll

ER

TIM

12 1
10 l l l l l l l l l 4

LEN DER

NO
O

43217

CH 5
R

Corona en posicin normal


La funcin cambia cada vez que se aprieta y se suelta el botn . Una seal acstica
confirma dicha operacin.

ll

lll

18

lll lll
l l l ll l l

20

ll

16
l

CHR

l
lll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

20

18

lll lll
l l l ll l l

LEN DER

ll

16
CHR
ON

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

43217

CA

65

lll
ll

ll

16

lll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

18

lll lll
l l l ll l l

20

CA

lllll l

LEN DER

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

65

CA

20
18

lll lll
l l l ll l l

ll

16

lllll l

lll

15

ll

CHR

l ll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

ll

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

2
9 8 l l l l l l l l l 10 6
l l lll
l
l
l
l
l
l lll
l ll

15

12 1
10 l l l l l l l l l 4

TU
A

45

25

ll

l ll

CHR
ON

20

ll lllll ll

ll llll llll llll


lll llll ll
l
llll l
4 3 2lll1ll7l
llll
6 5 LENDER l llll
A
llll
l

llll llll l
l

l ll

10

Funcin Crongrafo

9 1
0

lll l llll

35

45

DEC

ll

55

l ll

10

25

ll

35

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
llll llll l
l

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

ll

25

ll

ll

llll llll l
l

20

lll

ll

12 1
10 l l l l l l l l l 4

43217

LEN DER

43217

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

20

ll lllll ll

65

llll llll l
l

2 23 24
21 2
2

ll

lllll l

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
35

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

ll

5
9
26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
l
l
l
l
lll
l
ll
lll l
l
l
ll
ll

l ll

12 1
10 l l l l l l l l l 4

15

9 1
0

20

25

35

TU
A

10

45

15

55

l ll

lll l llll

6
4 lllll llll 8
l
l

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

l ll

10

45

GR

llll llll

55

6
4 llll llll 8
l
l

-P E R PE
AP H

24

ll

+1

MEMO

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

( ).

+2

ll

TE
DA

+3

5
3
l l l
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

22

ER

AP H

ll

llll llll

l ll

TIM

CH 5
R

NO
O

Funcin Cuentaminutos I

GR

ll

lll

24

ll

55

+1

ll

lll
ll

( ).

+2

MEMO

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

+3

l
l
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

22

ER

TE
DA

25

TIM

l
15
35

l ll

25

ll

lll

CH 5
R

NO
O

TU
A

9 1
0

10

45

35

55

l ll

lll l llll

15

45

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

l ll

10

AP H

ll

llll llll

6
4 lllll llll 8
l
l

GR

24

ll

55

ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

lll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
25

35

ll

lllll l

15

ll

45

25

Funcin Calendario

35

l ll

10

TU
A

55

l ll

lll l llll

9 1
0

ll

ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

12 1
10 l l l l l l l l l 4

AP H

GR

15

6
4 llll llll 8

+1

+2

l ll

10

lll
ll

+1

MEMO

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

( ).

+2

ll

TE
DA

+3

l
l
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

MEMO

llll llll

ll

( ).

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

+3

24

ll

55

ll

ll

45

l ll

22

ER

CH 5
R

NO
O

TIM

22

ER

TE
DA

ll

lll

TIM

ll

lll
ll

l ll

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

NO
O

29 31 1
28
12

CH 5
R

5
3
l l l
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
l ll
ll l
l
ll
l
l lll
ll

ll

lll
ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

Funcin Cuentaminutos II
Cada vez que se cambie la funcin, se borrarn los temporizadores I y II, la medicin
del crongrafo y las caractersticas del cronmetro.

135

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

E REGULACION DE LA HORA
Horario

Minutero
ll

lll

22

20

ll

l ll

12 1
10 l l l l l l l l l 4

9 1
0

ll

lllll l

lll

lll
ll

25

35

lllll llll l
l

15

16

l ll

10

ll

18

llll llll

lll lll
l l l ll l l

24

ll

55

45

ll

ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

20

lll

lll
ll

l
l
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

Segundero

Aguja de
las 24 horas

Para detener el segundero en las 12, extraiga la


corona por 2 posiciones.
Gire la corona para regular la hora.
El visualizador de las 24 horas est sincronizado
con el horario. Utilice dicho visualizador de las 24
horas como referencia para confirmar la
programacin del horario a.m. y p.m.
Cuando se cumple la hora exacta, coloque
nuevamente la corona en su posicin normal.

NOTA
1) La hora se regula independientemente de la funcin calendario. Si mientras se est
en la fase de regulacin el horario pasa al da siguiente, el calendario permanecer
inalterado.
2) Para programar la hora exacta, mueva el minutero hasta que ste supere de 4-5
minutos la hora deseada y colquelo nuevamente en la hora deseada.

136

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

F COMO PROGRAMAR LA FECHA


1. Extraiga la corona de una posicin.

LEN DER

43217

CA

65

TU
A

45

15

l ll

10

lll

CHR
ON

lll l llll

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

lllll l

AP H

ll

9 1
0

GR

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

lll
ll

+1

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

( ).

+2

MEMO

TE
DA

+3

ER

20

TIM

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

ll lllll ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

l ll

NO

25

ll

llll llll l
l

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
35

Aguja de la fecha

CH 5
R
O

Aguja del ao

ll

ll

Aguja de los das

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll llll
llll l
l
lll l

Aguja de los meses

2. Programacin del ao/mes


26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

TU
A

45

15

CHR

l ll

10

lll

lll l llll

lllll l

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

ll

AP H

ll

9 1
0

GR

lll
ll

ll lllll ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

20

25

ll

llll llll l
l

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
35

Primer
ao

+1

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

( ).

+2

Segundo
ao

+3

+1

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

+2

ll

lll

TE
DA

( ).

ll

lll
ll

+3

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l
lll

Aguja
del ao

Ao
bisiesto

Tercer
ao

Aguja de los meses


<Identificacin del ao bisiesto>
La aguja del ao indica el ao bisiesto o el nmero de aos transcurridos desde el
ltimo ao bisiesto. La aguja se mueve en sentido horario y completa una vuelta
cada cuatro aos.

137

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Ejemplo
Como se muestra en la figura ilustrada en la pgina precedente, cuando la aguja del ao
se encuentra dentro de la seccin del segundo ao indica que el ao en curso es el
segundo ao sucesivo contado a partir del ltimo ao bisiesto. Esta funcin calcula el
nmero de aos que separan el ao en curso del ltimo ao bisiesto (vase la referencia
en los aos bisiestos, pg. 153). Para que la aguja del mes avance un mes a la vez,
apriete el botn . Para que la aguja del mes avance rpidamente, apriete y mantenga
apretado el botn . La aguja del ao est sincronizada con la aguja del mes.
3) Programacin de la fecha
Extraiga la corona de una posicin.
ll

ll

lll

Para que la aguja de la fecha avance un da a la vez,


apriete el botn . Para que la aguja de la fecha avance
rpidamente, apriete y mantenga apretado el botn .

5
6

7
8

9 1
0

ll

ll l
ll

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

lll

lll
ll

20

A
4

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

lllll l

l ll

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

4) Programacin del da
Extraiga la corona de una posicin.

ll l

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

lllll l

lll
ll

9 1
0

ll

MEMO

ll lllll ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

20

ER

TIM

CH 5
R

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

ll

l ll

NO
O

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll llll
llll l
l
lll l

Aguja de
los das

138

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Cada vez que se aprieta el botn , la aguja de


los das se mueve hasta el da siguiente, (en
sentido antihorario). Si se aprieta el botn
cuando la aguja de los das indica el 6 (sbado), la
aguja se mover rpidamente (en sentido horario)
hasta el 7 (domingo).

5) Devuelva la corona hasta su posicin normal. El calendario no funcionar


correctamente si se deja la corona extrada de una posicin.
No regule el calendario entre las 11 p.m. y la 1 a.m. La programacin del calendario
en este lapso de tiempo podra ser inexacta. Las caractersticas del calendario del
reloj no requieren ningn tipo de correccin manual ni cuando se termina el mes ni
cuando concluye un ao bisiesto.
Ejemplo:
Programacin del mes: 30 nov. - 1 dic.: avanza automticamente.
Programacin del ao: 29 feb. - 1 mar.: (ao bisiesto) avanza automticamente.
28 feb. - 1 mar.: (ao normal) avanza automticamente.

G USO DEL CUENTAMINUTOS


Las dos modalidades cuentaminutos (I y II) pueden utilizarse de manera independiente
una de otra. La aguja de modalidad se utiliza para pasar de un cuentaminutos al otro.
A. Uso del Cuentaminutos I
El cuentaminutos puede programarse hasta por un mximo de 60 minutos.
Una vez regulada, la programacin del cuentaminutos mantendr su validez hasta
cuando se realice otra programacin.

139

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

1) Programacin del cuentaminutos I


Aguja de los segundos del cuentaminutos

1
3

CHR
ON

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

15

45

lll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

TU
A

lllll l

l ll

10

ll lllll ll

ll

llll llll l
l

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
25

35

9 1
0

lll l llll

lll
ll

-P E R P E

DEC

ll

55

ll

APH

ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

GR

20

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

MEMO

TE
DA

( ).

+2

+3

TIM
E

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

A Arranque/Parada

l ll

CH 5
R

Conmutacin de la modalidad C
de funcionamiento de la funcin

ll

NO
O

Aguja de las horas del


cuentaminutos

Aguja de funcin

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll llll
llll l
ll ll l

B Programacin/Puesta en
cero/Inicializacin

Aguja de los minutos del cuentaminutos


Para mover la aguja hasta la funcin Cuentaminutos I, apriete el botn . Cuando se
ha seleccionado la funcin cuentaminutos, el segundero de dicho cuentaminutos
avanzar rpidamente hasta alcanzar la posicin seleccionada durante la ltima
programacin de dicha funcin.
La posicin del minutero del cuentaminutos es la misma tanto para indicar 0 como 60
minutos.
Para saber cul de los dos valores debe tomarse en consideracin, controle la
posicin del horario del cuentaminutos.
Cuando el horario del cuentaminutos est en 0, el minutero del cuentaminutos indica 0
minutos.
Cuando el horario del cuentaminutos est en 1, el minutero del cuentaminutos indica
60 minutos.

140

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

2) Programacin del cuentaminutos

15

CHR

45

ll l

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

TU
A

lllll l

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

lll
ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

ll

APH

ll

GR

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

ll lllll ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

+3

20

ll

l ll

Minutero del cuentaminutos

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

25

ll

lll l llll

l ll

10

llll llll l
l

15

45

ll

25

+3

( ).

+2

+1

35

Horario del cuentaminutos

TU
A

55

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

DEC

ll

TE
DA

CHR

-P E R PE

PH
RA

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

ll

35

Para que la aguja del cuentaminutos avance un minuto a la vez,


apriete el botn . Cuando el cuentaminutos supera los 60
minutos, la aguja avanza en sentido contrario al de las saetas
del reloj (movimiento de vuelta 0 - 60 minutos). Este mismo
movimiento tiene lugar cuando el horario est entre 0 y 1.

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll llll
llll l
l
lll l

lll lll
l l l ll l l

JUN
55

10

TU
A

-P E R PE

DEC

l l l l l l l l ll l
l
ll l

AP
B
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l R

CHR

AP H

15
25

ll

35

+3

( ).

+2

+1

45

TE
DA

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

GR

lll lll
l l l ll l l

JUN

3) Arranque/Parada del cuentaminutos


ll

lll

ll l

CHR

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

TU
A

15

lllll l

l ll

10

45

ll lllll ll

ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
25

35

9 1
0

lll l llll

ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

lll
l llll

APH

ll

20

GR

llll llll l
l

l llll llll llll llll llll lll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

l ll

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

+3

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

26
8ll lll l l l l l l l l ll ll1lll l0ll
l ll
ll l
l
ll
lll l
l
l lll
ll

ll

lll
ll

A
4

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

Despus de haber programado el cuentaminutos, apriete el


botn para hacerlo partir nuevamente. Se advertir una seal
acstica que indica el arranque. Una vez que parte, el minutero
del cuentaminutos avanza durante un minuto en sentido
antihorario, mientras que el segundero avanza segundo a
segundo en sentido horario. Cada vez que el segundero del
cuentaminutos llega hasta el 0, el minutero del cuentaminutos
avanza en sentido antihorario con intervalos de un minuto.

141

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

4) Parada del cuentaminutos


Por medio de una seal acstica que dura 10 segundos, se confirma la conclusin del
tiempo programado. Cuando la seal termina, las agujas del cuentaminutos se
reubicarn rpidamente en los valores establecidos por defecto.
Los valores de programacin del cuentaminutos permanecen inalterados mientras no
vuelvan a programarse manualmente, incluso si se utiliza una funcin diferente.
Funcin de retorno a cero
La funcin de retorno a cero se utiliza para volver a programar el cuentaminutos en
cualquier momento posterior al arranque del mismo cuentaminutos
29 31 1
28
12

ll

lll

CHR

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

15

45

lll

l
lll

TU
A

lllll l

l ll

10

ll lllll ll

ll

llll llll l
l

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
25

35

9 1
0

lll l llll

ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

APH

ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

GR

20

l ll

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

+3

5
3
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
l ll
ll l
l
ll
l
l lll
ll

ll

lll
ll

3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

Apriete el botn en cualquier momento durante el


funcionamiento del cuentaminutos. Ser emitida una
seal acstica de confirmacin y el cuentaminutos
volver a partir desde la programacin realizada
inicialmente. Apretando el botn , se hace partir
nuevamente el cuentaminutos. El reloj calcular
automticamente el tiempo empleado para el retorno de
las agujas del cuentaminutos hasta su posicin y se
reposicionar en consecuencia.
Nueva programacin del cuentaminutos
Para volver a programar el cuentaminutos, apriete el
botn cuando se encuentra en la fase de parada.

IMPORTANTE
Si la modalidad se cambia cuando el Cuentaminutos est en actividad, se borra el
registro. Viceversa, la programacin del cuentaminutos permanece inalterada.

142

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

B. Uso del Cuentaminutos II


El cuentaminutos puede programarse hasta un mximo de 60 minutos.
El cuentaminutos II pasa automticamente a la funcin crongrafo cuando
se termina el tiempo que se ha programado.
Una seal de advertencia preceder el fin del tiempo programado. Otra seal
acstica se escuchar despus que el tiempo haya terminado
1) Programacin del cuentaminutos II
Aguja de los segundos del crongrafo

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

45

15

CHR

TU
A

lll

l ll

10

lllll l

lll l llll

ll lllll ll

ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
25

35

llll llll l
l

Conmutacin de la
C
modalidad de funcionamiento
de la funcin
Aguja de los minutos del

9 1
0

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

-P E R P E

DEC

ll

55

ll

APH

ll

GR

lll
ll

+1

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

( ).

+2

MEMO

TE
DA

+3

ER

20

TIM

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

l ll

CH 5
R

NO

A Botn Arranque/Parada

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

ll

lll

Aguja de las horas del


cuentaminutos

ll

lll
ll

Aguja de funcin

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll l
llll l

B Botn para Programacin/


Retorno a cero/Inicializacin

cuentaminutos
Para mover la aguja hasta la modalidad Cuentaminutos II, apriete el botn .
Las posiciones de las agujas del cuentaminutos son:
Segundero del cuentaminutos: el segundero avanzar rpidamente hasta detenerse
en las 12.
Minutero/Horario del cuentaminutos: estas dos agujas avanzan rpidamente hasta
detenerse en la ltima posicin programada para el cuentaminutos.

143

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

2) Programacin/Arranque/Parada del cuentaminutos


Los temporizadores 1 y 2 tienen las mismas funciones. Para mayores detalles, ver las
caractersticas tcnicas en el Cuentaminutos I.
3) Parada y funcin del crongrafo automtico (slo Cuentaminutos II)
Cuando se concluye una temporizacin, una seal de fin de operaciones sonar
durante 2 segundos, el reloj pasar a la funcin crongrafo y comenzar la medicin
(Funcin de crongrafo automtico).
Una seal de advertencia de fin de operacin sonar una vez a los siguientes
intervalos: 5, 3 y 1 minuto antes que termine el tiempo y cada 10 segundos desde 50
hasta 10, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1 segundos.

Arranque

Arranque del crongrafo

Para mayores detalles


acerca de las
caractersticas del
crongrafo ver el captulo
sobre el crongrafo.

Seal de tiempo terminado (2 segundos)


Tiempo terminado

IMPORTANTE
Si la funcin se cambia cuando el Cuentaminutos II est en actividad, se borra la
temporizacin. Las programaciones del cuentaminutos permanecen inalteradas.

144

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

H USO DEL CRONGRAFO


El crongrafo puede medir hasta 4 horas con incrementos de 1/10 de segundo.
El visualizador del crongrafo vuelve automticamente hasta 00 continuando el
registro incluso despus que se ha superado el lmite de 4 horas. La aguja de los
dcimos de segundo se detiene cuando termina el primer minuto de registro en la
posicin 00 segundos. La medicin de los dcimos de segundo se detiene
inmediatamente si se aprieta el botn y se visualiza en el reloj.
1) Programacin de la funcin cronogrfica
Aguja de los segundos del crongrafo

45

15

CHR

TU
A

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

l ll

10

lll

lll l llll

lllll l

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

-P E R P E

DEC

ll

55

ll

APH

ll

ll lllll ll

ll

llll llll l
l

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
25

35

9 1
0

GR

lll
ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

+1

( ).

+2

MEMO

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+3

20

ER

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

TIM

A Botn Arranque/Parada

l ll

TE
DA

CH 5
R

Aguja de las horas


del crongrafo

ll

NO
O

Aguja de 1/10 de segundo del


crongrafo/Aguja de funcin

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll llll
llll l
ll ll l

B Botn tiempo
parcial/inicializacin

Aguja de los minutos del cuentaminutos


Para colocar la aguja de funcin en la posicin que corresponde a la funcin crongrafo, apriete
el botn . En el instante en que la aguja de funcin se coloca en la posicin que corresponde
a la funcin crongrafo (funcin de inicializacin), tanto la aguja de los dcimos de segundo
como el segundero, el minutero y el horario del crongrafo se detendrn en las 12.

145

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

2) Procedimientos de uso general

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

CHR

lll
ll

20

1
3

CHR
ON

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

LEN DER

CA

lllll l

lll

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

ll

2
9 8 lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1ll 0 6
l lllll llll
llll l
lll l
l lll
l ll
l

20

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

3217
54

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

1
3

CHR

lll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

1
3

lllll l

CHR

ll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

ll lllll ll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

llll llll l
l

CHR
ON

TU
A

15
35

25

llll llll l
l

ll

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
ll

llll llll l
l

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

45

ll

ll

l ll

10

lll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lll l llll

lll

lllll l

lll
ll

ll

20

ll lllll ll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lll l
l ll
l

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

lllll l

APH

ll

ll

GR

llll llll l
l

llll llll l
l

9 1
0

+1

MEMO

( ).

+2

+3

ER

A
6

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

TIM

20

ll

lll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lllll l

lll
ll

ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

9 1
0

20

25

CH 5
R

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

l
15
35

ll

TE
DA

45

25

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

TU
A

15
35

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

45

l ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

APH

ll

TU
A

GR

l ll

10

NO
O

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

lll l llll

TIM

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

NO
O

l ll

CH 5
R

-P E R P E

DEC

ll

55

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll llll
llll l
l
lll l

A
4

ll

AP H

ll

Parada

29 31 1
28
12

GR

Apriete el botn para


programar nuevamente
las agujas del
crongrafo del reloj.

3) Medicin del tiempo transcurrido


Arranque
Apriete el botn para
repetir el ciclo de
arranque y parada del
crongrafo.

1535.4
Apriete nuevamente el
botn para bloquear
el avance.

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l l
ll lllll llll
ll ll
l ll
lll l

+1

25

( ).

+2

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

15
35

+3

TE
DA

45

TU
A

MEMO

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

ER

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

APH

ll

l ll

GR

CH 5
R

TIM

ll

NO
O

+1

Apriete el botn para


iniciar la medicin.Todas las
agujas del crongrafo
comenzarn a moverse.

( ).

+2

25

+3

MEMO

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

l
15
35

ER

TE
DA

45

TU
A

TIM

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

CH 5
R

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

APH

ll

l ll

GR

ll

NO
O

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

TIM
ER

NO
O

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

A
4

ll

l ll

Inicializacin

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

A
4

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

Parada

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

Arranque

1535.4

146

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Arranque

CHR

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lll
ll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

CHR

20

ll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

lllll l

lll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

ll lllll ll

1
llll llll l
l

CHR

ll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lll

lll
ll

lllll l

20

ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

ll lllll ll

ll

15
35

25

llll llll l
l

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

45

ll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
l ll
ll l
l
ll
l
l lll
ll

TU
A

l
lll

l ll

10

llll llll l
l

lll l llll

lll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

lllll l

APH

ll

9 1
0

GR

+1

20

( ).

+2

25

+3

MEMO

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

15
35

ER

TE
DA

45

TIM

5
3
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

TU
A

CH 5
R

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

l ll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

AP H

ll

GR

ll

NO
O

25

+1

l
15
35

( ).

+2

MEMO

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

45

+3

TU
A

ER

TE
DA

l ll

10

TIM

lll l llll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

CH 5
R

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

AP H

ll

9 1
0

GR

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

+3

MEMO

ER

l ll

TIM

ll

NO
O

NO
O

5
3
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll

A
4

ll

l ll

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l
l
l
l
llll
l
llll l
lll
l
l
l
l
l
ll

A
4

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l
l
l
l
llll
l
llll l
lll
l
l
l
l
l
ll

Inicializacin

29 31 1
28
12

ll

29 31 1
28
12

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

Nuevo Parada

147

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

4) Medicin de los tiempos parciales

Tiempo parcial

1
3

CHR

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lllll l

ll l

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

1
3

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

ll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l
lll
ll
l

CHR

20

ll lllll ll

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

15
35

25

llll llll l
l

ll

45

ll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

TU
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

l ll

10

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

lll
ll

lll l llll

llll llll l
l

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

lll

APH

ll

9 1
0

GR

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

20

+1

25

( ).

+2

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

l
15
35

+3

MEMO

TE
DA

45

TU
A

TIM
E

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

APH

ll

GR

CH 5
R

NO
O

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

TIM

ll

l ll

NO
O

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R

ll

l ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
ll l
ll lllll llll
llll l
l
lll l

A
4

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l l
ll lllll llll
ll ll
l ll
lll l

lllll l

29 31 1
28
12

ll

Arranque

1535.4
Apriete el botn
la medicin del tiempo
de la medicin.

El tiempo parcial se visualiza durante 10 segundos. Durante este perodo la medicin


contina. Despus que transcurren los 10 segundos, las agujas del crongrafo
avanzan rpidamente hasta alcanzar la posicin del tiempo actual y la medicin
contina realizndose en tiempo real.

148

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Parada

CHR

lll
ll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

CHR
ON

20

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

ll lllll ll

ll

lllll l

lll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

llll llll l
l

CHR

ll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

lll

OC
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

lllll l

lll
ll

ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

20

ll lllll ll

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

15
35

25

llll llll l
l

ll

TU
A

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

45

ll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

l ll

10

lll
ll

lll l llll

lll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

lllll l

APH

ll

9 1
0

GR

20

llll llll l
l

+1

( ).

+2

25

+3

MEMO

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

15
35

ER

TE
DA

45

TU
A

TIM

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

CH 5
R

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

l ll

APH

ll

GR

ll

NO
O

+1

25

( ).

+2

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

l
15
35

+3

MEMO

TE
DA

45

TU
A

TIM
E

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

APH

ll

GR

CH 5
R

NO
O

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

TIM

ll

l ll

NO
O

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
7
2 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
ll
lll l

A
4

ll

l ll

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l
l
l
l
llll
l
llll l
l
l
l
l
ll
lll l

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l
l
l
l
llll
l
llll l
l
l
l
l
ll
lll l

Inicializacin

29 31 1
28
12

ll

29 31 1
28
12

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

Visualizadores que indican


tiempo parcial/registro
(despus de 10 segundos)

para seleccionar entre


parcial y el fin

Es posible registrar hasta 5 tiempos parciales e invocarlos despus de la memoria


(Invocacin de los tiempos parciales de la memoria).
Todo tiempo parcial medido despus de los 5 primeros, se visualizar en el reloj pero
no se conservar en la memoria.

149

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Invocacin de los tiempos parciales registrados


en la memoria

NO
O

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

CHR

lll
ll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

lllll l

lll

ll

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

CHR

20

ll lllll ll

ll lllll ll

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

15
35

25

llll llll l
l

ll

45

ll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

TU
A

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

l ll

10

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

lll
ll

lll l llll

9 1
0

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

lll

APH

ll

20

GR

llll llll l
l

+1

25

( ).

+2

MEMO

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

l
15
35

TE
DA

45

TIM
E

+3

TU
A

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

CH 5
R

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

l ll

APH

ll

GR

ll

NO
O

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

TIM

NO
O

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

ll

l ll

2
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l
l
l
l
llll
l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

lllll l

CH 5
R

29 31 1
28
12

ll

Inicializacin

Nmero de invocacin
del tiempo parcial
en la memoria

N memoria 1535

Apriete el botn
los datos de los tiempos
Los datos de los tiempos parciales se invocan de la memoria del reloj despus de
haber programado nuevamente el crongrafo.
Apriete una vez el botn para invocar el nmero de los datos memorizados.
Apriete nuevamente el botn para invocar los datos. Apriete dos veces el botn
para visualizar los datos sucesivos que se encuentran en la memoria hasta un
mximo de 5 tiempos parciales.
A la conclusin de la ltima introduccin de datos apriete el botn . El reloj volver
a la modalidad de inicializacin (por ejemplo, si se han registrado solamente 2 datos,

150

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Memoria del tiempo


parcial

1
3

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

CHR

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
l ll
ll l
l
ll
l
l lll
ll

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

CHR

l
lll

ll l

43217
6 5 LENDER
A

lllll l

ll lllll ll

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

2 23 24
21 2
25
9

ll

26
8ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ll1lll l0ll
ll l
ll lllll ll
l
l
l

20

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l
l

ll lllll ll

ll

25

llll llll l
l

O
OC N
G
AUl l l l l l l l l ll l T

35

ll

lll
ll

15

45

14 15 16 17
13
18
6
12 5 l llllllllllllllll llJllUlllNllllllllllllllllllll ll 7
1
ll l
l ll
l lll l

20

TU
A

lll

l ll

10

lllll l

lll l llll

llll llll l
l

-P E R P E

DEC

ll

55

ll

APH

ll

9 1
0

GR

+1

25

( ).

+2

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

l
15
35

+3

MEMO

TE
DA

45

TU
A

TIM
E

l ll

10

9 1
0

lll l llll

-P E R PE

DEC

ll

55

5
3
11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

AP H

ll

GR

CH 5
R

NO
O

AP
B
R
FEl l l l l l l l l ll l

+1

TE
DA

( ).

+2

MEMO

+3

ER

TIM

ll

l ll

NO
O

11
2ll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll4lll
ll l
ll lllll ll
lllll l

CH 5
R

ll

l ll

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

29 31 1 2
28
12
3
27 11 ll lllllllllllllllIIIIlllllllllllllllllllll lll 1
l ll
ll l
l
ll l
llll l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ll l

Inicializacin

1535.4

para invocar de la memoria


parciales (mximo 5).
el segundo representa la ltima memorizacin) Aunque no se apriete el botn , despus
de 10 segundos el reloj volver automticamente a la modalidad de inicializacin.
Los datos memorizados permanecen en la memoria hasta que el crongrafo se utilice para
otra medicin. El paso a otra funcin no elimina los datos de la memoria.
IMPORTANTE
El paso de una a otra funcin durante la memorizacin con crongrafo borrar las
mediciones pero no eliminar los datos de los tiempos parciales registrados en la memoria.

151

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

FUNCIONAMIENTO DEL RELOJ


Botn

Botn

Botn

Rotacin de
la corona

Calendario

Control
inicial

.................................

.....................

Posicin
normal

Cambio di modo

Corona

Botn

Primera
posicin

Programacin
da

Segunda
posicin

......................... ...................... ................................... Programacin


hora

Cuentaminutos I
.....................
Programacin/
Retorno a cero/Inicializacin
Cuentaminutos II
.....................
Cuentaminutos II Arranque/Parada
Programacin/
Retorno a cero/Inicializacin
Inicializacin/Tiempo
.....................
Crongrafo Arranque/Parada
parcial/Invocacin del
tiempo parcial
Cuentaminutos I Arranque/Parada

Programacin
fecha

Programacin
ao/mes

.....................

Para introducir la modalidad de control inicial, apriete el botn durante ms de un


segundo, teniendo la corona en posicin normal y el calendario visualizado.

152

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

K PROGRAMACION DEL ANO BISIESTO


L.Y.
1
2
3

1988
1989
1990
1991

L.Y.
1
2
3

1992
1993
1994
1995

L.Y.
1
2
3

1996
1997
1998
1999

L.Y.
1
2
3

2000
2001
2002
2003

L.Y.
1
2
3

2004
2005
2006
2007

L.Y.
1
2
3

2008
2009
2010
2011

Como leer la tabla


Los aos bisiestos estn indicados por "L.Y."; los nmeros indican el nmero de aos
transcurrido desde el ltimo ao bisiesto.
EJEMPLO
1992 ser un ao bisiesto y 1993 el primer ao despus del ao bisiesto.

153

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

PRECAUCIONES PARA EL USO


E INFORMACIONES UTILES
Uso en

Grado de
impermeabilidad

Indicacin
Esfera

Caja

Salpicaduras,
transpiracin,
llovizna,
abluciones, etc.

Natacin,
etc.

NO

NO

WATER RESISTANT

SI

NO

WATER RESISTANT
50M (5bar)

WATER RESISTANT

SI

SI

WATER RESISTANT
100M (10bar)

WATER RESISTANT

SI

SI

WATER RESISTANT
200M (20bar) o pi

WATER RESISTANT

SI

SI

Algunas veces la indicacin WATER RESISTANT (impermeable) puede estar abreviada en WATER RESIST.
Para evitar que el agua entre en los mecanismos internos del reloj, cuando ste est
mojado nunca se debe extraer la corona.
Si los relojes concebidos para el deporte o para funcionar en el agua se exponen al
agua salada o a la transpiracin abundante, despus del uso deben ser enjuagados
con agua dulce y secados completamente.
En algunos casos, el agua puede deteriorar la calidad de algunas correas de cuero
o de piel.

154

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

el agua
Inmersin

Inmersin en
profundidad
(con balones
de oxgeno)

Caractersticas de
impermeabilidad

NO

NO

No es impermeable. Debe protegerse del agua y la humedad.

NO

NO

Impermeabilidad normal. Durante el uso cotidiano resiste a


salpicaduras, transpiracin, llovizna llovizna, abluciones, etc.

NO

NO

Utilizable durante la natacin pero no para inmersiones.

SI

NO

Idneo para inmersiones poco importantes.

SI

SI

* Lleve siempre la corona a su posicin normal.

Idneo para inmersiones importantes de profundidad.

* Apriete completamente el tornillo de la corona.

Cuando la temperatura ambiente externa es ms baja que la interna, las partes internas
del reloj pueden conservar humedad y a veces, el vidrio de la esfera se empaa. Si el
fenmeno es pasajero, no crea ningn problema. Si, viceversa, perdura por largo tiempo,
es necesario sealar el problema al negociante en cuyo local se adquiri el reloj o al
centro de asistencia tcnica autorizado ms cercano.

155

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Temperatura
No exponga nunca el reloj a los rayos directos del sol ni lo deje en lugares
extremadamente calurosos o fros durante un largo perodo de tiempo.
En todos estos casos, se podra afectar el funcionamiento del reloj y acortar la
duracin de la pila. Adems, podra verificarse una reduccin o una aceleracin del
reloj con consecuencias sobre las dems funciones.
Golpes
Este reloj puede soportar los impactos y los movimientos que suceden normalmente
durante el uso cotidiano y tambin aquellos derivados de prcticas deportivas en las
cuales no haya contacto directo, como por ejemplo golf y bisbol.
Si el reloj se cae al suelo o recibe golpes muy fuertes, puede sufrir daos o averas de
funcionamiento.
Campos magnticos
Este reloj es antimagntico hasta 60 gauss. Por lo tanto no sufre la influencia de los
campos magnticos producidos por los aparatos electrodomsticos normales. Si se
usa cerca de campos magnticos muy fuertes sus funciones pueden alterarse
momentneamente.
Electricidad esttica
Los circuitos integrados usados en el reloj son sensibles a la electricidad esttica. Si
se expone el reloj a cargas elctricas intensas, la indicacin del tiempo podra perder
precisin.
Substancias qumicas y gas
No se ponga el reloj cuando se encuentra en presencia de fuertes substancias
qumicas o de gas. Si el reloj entra en contacto con solventes como el benceno, o con

156

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

productos que contienen substancias como bencina, barnices, bruidores, detergentes


o adhesivos, sus partes pueden desteirse, disolverse o romperse.
Ponga mucha atencin para evitar las sustancias qumicas.
La caja y la correa del reloj pueden desteirse si entran en contacto con el mercurio de
un termmetro roto o de otra proveniencia.
Mantenga limpio el reloj
Frote el polvo y la humedad del vidrio del reloj con un pao absorbente delicado. Si se
pone el reloj cuando la parte posterior de la caja y la correa estn sucias, dado que
stas estn en contacto directo con la piel podran provocarle una irritacin cutnea.
Por otra parte, la limpieza del reloj tambin es importante para mantener limpios los
puos de las camisas.
Como limpiar la correa.
Correa metlica: lave las partes sucias con un cepillo de dientes mojado con agua
tibia jabonosa.
Correa de plstico o de goma: lave con agua. No use solventes.
Correa de cuero: Frote suavemente el lado frontal con un pao delicado y seco. Para
limpiar el lado opuesto utilice un pao humedecido en alcohol.
Inspeccin peridica
Para garantizarse un uso prolongado y exento de problemas, se recomienda hacer
controlar el reloj cada uno o dos aos por un centro de asistencia autorizado.
Mantenga la pila fuera del alcance de los nios
Si accidentalmente una pila fuese ingerida, contacte inmediatamente el mdico.

157

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

M DATOS TECNICOS
1. Tipo: Reloj analgico al cuarzo con agujas mltiples.
2. Precisin: 20 segundos por mes con temperaturas normales (5 -25C / 41-95F).
3. Frecuencia de oscilacin del cuarzo: 32.768 Hz.
4. Campo de funcionamiento: -10- +60C (14-140F).
5. Accionamiento: motor paso-paso.
6. Caractersticas adicionales:
Calendario con visualizador de aguja
Visualizador ao (identificador ao bisiesto), mes, fecha, da (avance veloz no activo
para la visualizacin del da).
Regulacin automtica para ao bisiesto/ltimo da del mes.
Cuentaminutos I con funcin de retorno a cero.
Minutos/segundos (programacin mxima: 60 minutos e intervalos de 21 minuto).
Cuentaminutos II con funcin de puesta en cero.
Minutos/segundos (programacin mxima: 60 minutos e intervalos de 21 minuto).
Funcin de crongrafo automtico (el crongrafo comienza la medicin
automticamente despus que se concluye la sesin de memorizacin).
Seal de advertencia de conclusin tiempo antes de que se termine la sesin de
memorizacin.
Crongrafo
Agujas de las horas, de los minutos, de los segundos y de los dcimos de segundo.
(Tiempo mximo de visualizacin: 4 horas. Si no se le bloquea, el cuentaminutos
volver a comenzar desde 00).
Medicin del tiempo parcial.

158

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Memorizacin del tiempo parcial (nmero mximo de entradas: 5).


Invocacin de los tiempos parciales memorizados.
Otras caractersticas
Seal de advertencia de regulacin inicial incompleta.
Dispositivo de parada del segundero.
7. Pila:
Nmero de cdigo: SWR927W.
Cantidad: 1
Duracin de la pila: alrededor de 2 aos.
8. Crongrafo: 1 h/da.
9. Cuentaminutos I: 30 minutos/da.
10. Cuentaminutos II: 15 minutos/da (cuentaminutos: 7,5 min.; crongrafo: 7,5 min.).
11. Circuitos integrados
2C/MOS-LSI
4 CPU
1 driver
NOTA
En este reloj, la duracin de la pila depende directamente del uso de las seales de
advertencia y de trmino de tiempo de los cuentaminutos: cuanto ms se utilizan estas
funciones, menos dura la pila.
Para mejorar el producto, las especificaciones pueden modificarse sin aviso previo.

159

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine